pdf - 14652 kB - CARNet
pdf - 14652 kB - CARNet
pdf - 14652 kB - CARNet
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
UDK 669+621.7+51/54(05)=163.42=111=112.2<br />
1962.<br />
god./year<br />
1966. -<br />
1978.<br />
god./years<br />
ISSN 0543-5846<br />
METABK 45 (4) 269-352 (2006)<br />
metalurgija<br />
metallurgy<br />
4<br />
Osnivač časopisa - Društvo inženjera i tehničara Željezare Sisak<br />
Founder of the Journal - Society of Engineers and Technitians of Steel Works Sisak<br />
Suizdavači časopisa - Tehnološki Fakultet Sveučilišta u Zagrebu<br />
/ Odjeli u Sisku<br />
- Institut za metalurgiju Sisak<br />
Co-Publishers of the Journal - Technological Faculty University of Zagreb<br />
/ Departments in Sisak<br />
- Institute for Metallurgy Sisak<br />
45<br />
METALURGIJA, vol. 45, br. 4, str. 269-352 Zagreb, listopad / prosinac (October / December) 2006.<br />
th<br />
year
UDK 669+621.7+51/54(05)=163.42=111=112.2<br />
METALURGIJA<br />
METALLURGY<br />
Izdavač / Publisher: Hrvatsko metalurško društvo (HMD) - Croatian Metallurgical Society (CMS)<br />
Adresa / Address: Berislavićeva 6, 10 000 Zagreb, Hrvatska / Croatia<br />
Phone/Fax: + 385 1 619 86 89 (service), Phone: + 385 98 317 173<br />
Internet / On line: http://pubwww.srce.hr/metalurg<br />
(On line) ISSN 1334-2576, (CD-ROM) ISSN 1334-2584<br />
Urednički odbor / Editorial Board:<br />
ISSN 0543-5846<br />
METABK 45 (4) 269-352 (2006)<br />
METALURGIJA, vol. 45, br. 4, str. 269-352 Zagreb, listopad / prosinac (October / December) 2006.<br />
I. ALFIREVIĆ, Zagreb - Croatia, I. BUDIĆ, Slavonski Brod - Croatia, R. DEŽELIĆ, Split - Croatia,<br />
S. DOBATKIN, Moscow - Russia, H. HIEBLER, Leoben - Austria, M. HOLTZER, Krakow - Poland,<br />
M. JENKO, Ljubljana - Slovenia, M. JURKOVIĆ, Rijeka - Croatia, R. KAWALLA, Freiberg - Germany,<br />
I. MAMUZIĆ, Sisak - Croatia, L. MIHOK, Košice - Slovakia, V. ROUBIČEK, Ostrava - Czech,<br />
A. VELIČKO, Dnipropetrovsk - Ukraine, F. VODOPIVEC, Ljubljana - Slovenia<br />
Glavni i odgovorni urednik / Editor-in-chief: ILIJA MAMUZIĆ, ilija.mamuzic@public.carnet.hr<br />
Lektori / Linguistic Advisers: B. RÖMER, hrvatski jezik/Croatian language, M. MIRILOVIĆ † , engleski i<br />
njemački jezik / English and the German language<br />
Tehnički urednici / Technical Editors: M. GOLJA, golja@siscia.simet.hr, J. BUTORAC<br />
Internet / On line and CD-ROM: J. LOPATIČ, delta-computers@pu.t-com.hr, UDK / UDC: LJ. VUKOVIĆ<br />
METALURGIJA izlazi u četiri broja godišnje. Godišnja pretplata 53 EUR (protuvrijednost u kunama).<br />
Pretplatu prima Hrvatsko metalurško društvo.<br />
METALLURGy is published quarterly. Subscription rates per year 53 EUR. Subscription should be paid to:<br />
Croatian Metallurgical Society.<br />
Komp. obrada / Comp. design: DELTA COMPUTERS d.o.o., Tisak / Print: LKDL-Print d.o.o.<br />
Naklada / Print: 600 primjeraka / pieces. Rukopise ne vraćamo. / Manuscript are not returned.<br />
Članci objavljeni u časopisu “Metalurgija” referiraju se u međunarodnim sekundarnim publikacijama i bazama podataka.<br />
Articles published in the journal “METALLURGy” are indexed in the international secundary periodicals and databases:<br />
- Science Citation Index (ISI-SCÍ)<br />
- Research Alert (ISI)<br />
- Metals Abstracts<br />
- EI Compendex Plus<br />
- PaperChem<br />
- Metadex<br />
- Geobase<br />
- Chemical Abstracts<br />
- Mechanical Engineering Abstracts<br />
- Aluminium Industry Abstracts<br />
- Dialog Sourceone (SM) Engineering<br />
- Energy Science Technology<br />
- Engineered Materials Abstracts<br />
- Analytical Abstracts Online<br />
- Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology Abstracts<br />
- Referativny Zhurnal<br />
- Fluidex<br />
- Embase<br />
- Elsevier Biobase<br />
- Elsevier Geo Abstracts<br />
- Corrosion Abstracts<br />
- World Texstiles<br />
- Scopus<br />
- EMBiology<br />
Fotopreslici članka mogu se dobiti u The Genuine Article service, Institute for Scientific Information 3501 Market Street<br />
Philadelhia PA 19104 USA, i Copyright Clearance Center, ASM International; Materials Park, Ohio 44073-0002, USA.<br />
Photocopies of the articles are available through The Genuine Article service, Institute for Scientific Information 3501<br />
Market Street Philadelhia PA 19104 USA, and Copyright Clearance Center, ASM International; Materials Park, Ohio<br />
44073-0002, USA.<br />
Časopisu “Metalurgija” daje novčanu potporu: Ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i športa Republike Hrvatske.<br />
Journal “Metallurgy” is financially supported by: Ministry of Science, Education and Sports Republic of Croatia.
Content - Sadržaj<br />
I. Mamuzić<br />
Survey of 7 th International Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society<br />
Pregled Sedmog međunarodnog Simpozija Hrvatskog metalurškog društva<br />
I. Mamuzić<br />
Minutes of the Meeting of the Editorial Board of Journal Metalurgija<br />
Zapisnik sa sastanka Uredničkog odbora časopisa Metalurgija<br />
Editorial Board of the Journal Metalurgija<br />
Urednički odbor časopisa Metalurgija<br />
Rule Book of the Journal Metalurgija<br />
Pravilnik časopisa Metalurgija<br />
Original Scientific Papers - Izvorni znanstveni radovi<br />
M. Bizjak, L. Kosec, B. Kosec, I. Anžel<br />
The Characterization of Phase Transformations in Rapidly<br />
Solidified Al-Fe and Cu-Fe Alloys through Measurements of the Electrical Resistance and DSC<br />
Karakterizacija faznih transformacija brzo skrutnutih Al-Fe<br />
i Cu-Fe slitina pomoću mjerenja električne otpornosti i diferencijalno skenirajuće kalorimetrije<br />
S. Bockus<br />
A Study of the Microstructure and Mechanical Properties of Continuously Cast Iron Products<br />
Studij mikrostrukture i mehaničkih svojstava kontinuirano lijevanih željeznih proizvoda<br />
Preliminary Notes - Prethodna priopćenja<br />
K. Jelšovská, B. Pandula<br />
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectral Function and Moments<br />
for Proton Pairs in Powdered Paramagnetic Substances MnSO 4 ·H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·H 2 O<br />
Funkcija spektra magnetne rezonancije<br />
jezgre i momenata za parove u praškastim paramagnetnim tvarima MnSO 4 ·H 2 O i NiSO 4 ·H 2 O<br />
D. Kudelas, R. Rybár, G. Fischer<br />
Concept<br />
of Accumulation System Configuration Enabling the Usage of Low-Potential Wind Energy<br />
Koncept<br />
konfiguracije akumulacijskog sustava koji omogućava uporabu nisko potencijalne energije vjetra<br />
K. Kostúr<br />
Regulation of the Heating Furnace in Tube Rolling Mill<br />
Regulacija zagrijevne peći u valjaonici cijevi<br />
M. Jurković, Z. Jurković, M. Mahmić<br />
An Analysis and Modelling of Spinning Process without Wall-Thickness Reduction<br />
Analiza i modeliranje procesa rotacijskog tiskanja bez stanjenja debljine stjenke<br />
271<br />
277<br />
279<br />
281<br />
287<br />
291<br />
299<br />
303<br />
307
Review Papers - Pregledni radovi<br />
S. V. Dobatkin, J. Zrník, I. Mamuzić<br />
Nanostructures by Severe Plastic Deformation of Steels: Advantages and Problems<br />
Nanostrukture dobivene intenzivnom plastičnom deformacijom: postignuća i poteškoće<br />
J. Zrník, I. Mamuzić, S. V. Dobatkin<br />
Recent Progress in High Strength Low Carbon Steels<br />
Najnoviji napredak kod visokočvrstih niskougljičnih čelika<br />
J. Dańko, M. Holtzer<br />
The State of Art and Foresight of World’s Casting Production<br />
Stanje i predmnijevanje svjetske proizvodnje odljevaka<br />
Z. Keran, M. Skunca, M. Math<br />
Finite Element Approach to Analysis of Axisymmetric Reverse Drawing Process<br />
Pristup metodom<br />
konačnih elemenata analizi procesa osnosimetričnog protusmjernog dubokog vučenja<br />
P. Virdzek, K. Teplická<br />
Progressive Methods in Design and their Application in Engineering Industry<br />
Napredne metode u dizajnu i njihova primjena u strojarstvu<br />
Review - Prikaz<br />
I. Mamuzić<br />
Popis recenzenata članaka objavljenih u časopisu Metalurgija u 2006. godini<br />
List of Reviewers of the Articles Published in Journal Metallurgy in the Year 2006<br />
313<br />
323<br />
333<br />
341<br />
347<br />
352
I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7th I. MAMUZIĆ, President of Croatian INTERNATIONAL Metallurgycal Society<br />
SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />
“Materials and Metallurgy”<br />
http://pubwww.srce.hr/metalurg<br />
7th International Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society “Materials and Metallurgy”<br />
was held as a part of:<br />
- 55th anniversary of the foundation of Croatian Metallurgical Society (from Society of Engineers and<br />
Technician Steel Works Sisak 1952 y.);<br />
- 45th anniversary of the foundation and publication of the Journal Metallurgy.<br />
At the 7 th International Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society “Materials and Metallurgy”<br />
the following countries had participated:<br />
1. Austria<br />
2. Belgium<br />
3. Beloruss<br />
4. Bosnia and Herzegovina<br />
5. Brasil<br />
6. Bulgaria<br />
7. China<br />
8. Croatia<br />
9. Czech Republic<br />
10. England<br />
11. Egypt<br />
12. France<br />
Survey of 7 th International Symposium<br />
of Croatian Metallurgical Society<br />
S H M D<br />
’2006.<br />
Šibenik 2006, June 18 - 22<br />
Solaris Holiday Resort, Croatia<br />
13. germany<br />
14. Hungary<br />
15. India<br />
16. Iran<br />
17. Italy<br />
18. Japan<br />
19. Korea<br />
20. Lithuania<br />
21. Netherlands<br />
22. Poland<br />
23. Portugal<br />
prof. Franc<br />
Vodopivec<br />
Opening Ceremony of Symposium<br />
24. Romania<br />
25. Russia<br />
26. Serbia and Montenegro<br />
27. Slovakia<br />
28. Slovenia<br />
29. South Africa<br />
30. Spain<br />
31. Sweden<br />
32. Turkey<br />
33. Ukraine<br />
34. USA<br />
The aim of this Symposium is to point out<br />
all the possibilities of the materials and achievements in metallurgy.<br />
prof. Ilija<br />
Mamuzić<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275 271
I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />
ORGANIZER<br />
CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY (CMS)<br />
PATRONS<br />
- European Steel Federation<br />
- International Iron and Steel Institute<br />
- Ministry of Science, Education and Sport Republic of<br />
Croatia,<br />
- Croatian Chamber of Economy<br />
CO-ORGANIZERS<br />
- Academy of Engineering Science of Ukraine<br />
- University of Mining and Metallurgy, Faculty of Foundry<br />
Enginering, Krakow<br />
- University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Natural Science<br />
and Engineering<br />
- Baikov Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science,<br />
Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia<br />
- University of Sarajevo, Faculty for Metallurgy and<br />
Materials Science, Zenica<br />
- National Metallurgical Academy of Ukraine<br />
- Technical University of Košice, Faculty of Metallurgy<br />
- Technical University of Košice, Faculty of Mechanical<br />
Engineering<br />
- Technical University of Košice, Berg Faculty<br />
- University of Zagreb, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering<br />
and Naval Architecture<br />
- University of Osijek, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering,<br />
Slavonski Brod<br />
- University of Rijeka, Technical Faculty<br />
- VŠB Technical University of Ostrava<br />
- University of Split, Faculty of Eleectrical Engineering,<br />
Mechanical Engineering and Naval Architecture<br />
- Institute of Metals and Technology, Ljubljana<br />
- Institute of Materials Research of the Slovak Academy<br />
of Sciences in Košice<br />
- Steel Works Split<br />
- Moscow State Steel and Alloys Institute<br />
- Physico-Technical Institute National Academie of Science<br />
Minsk<br />
- Politehnica University of Bucharest<br />
- Institute of Metallurgy “Kemal Kapetanović”, Zenica<br />
- Pisarenko Institute of Problems of Strength NASU,<br />
Kiev<br />
- Dnepropetrovsk National University<br />
- Iron Metallurgy, Prague<br />
- Slovak University of Technology in Bratislava, Faculty<br />
of Materials Science and Technology<br />
CO-OPERATION WITH ORGANIZATIONS<br />
- german Iron and Steel Institute (VDEh)<br />
- ATS - Association Technique de la Siderurgie Francaise<br />
- CENIM - Centro National de Investigaciones Metalurgicas<br />
Spain<br />
272<br />
- ChSM - The Chinese Society for Metals China<br />
- CRM - Centre de Recherches Metallurgiques Belgium<br />
- Eisenhütte Österreich - The Austrian Society for Metallurgy<br />
- Iron and Steel Society, USA<br />
- ISIJ - The Iron and Steel Institute of Japan<br />
- JERN - Jernkontoret, Sweden<br />
- SRM Romanian Society for Metallurgy<br />
- SITPH - Association of Polish Metallurgical Engineers<br />
- HOOgOVENS The Netherlands<br />
- SHS - Slovak Metallurgical Society<br />
- Sociedade Portuguesa de Materiais<br />
- MVAE - Association of Hungarian Steel Industry<br />
- Steel Federation of the Czech Republic<br />
- Union of Bulgarian Metallurgists<br />
- IBS - Instituto Brasileiro de Siderurgia<br />
- AIM - Associazione Italiana di Metallurgia<br />
- The Japan Institute of Metals<br />
SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE<br />
J. Alfirević Croatia H. Hiebler Austria<br />
M. Jurković Croatia R. Kawalla Germany<br />
L. Kosec Slovenia L. Mihok Slovakia<br />
I. Mamuzić Croatia-President S. Nikulin Russia<br />
P. Rybar Slovakia V. Trošćenko Ukraine<br />
F. Vodopivec Slovenia-Vice Pres. A. Veličko Ukraine<br />
HONOUR BOARD<br />
A. Avramov Bulgaria P. Ayed France<br />
M. Badida Slovakia I. Budić Croatia<br />
J. Butterfild England J. Christmas Belgium<br />
Z. Crnečki Croatia T. Ćurko Croatia<br />
Ž. Domazet Croatia N. Domljanović Croatia<br />
P. Fajfar Slovenia E. Ch. Frank S. Africa<br />
J. Frenay Belgium P. Grgač Slovakia<br />
H. Jäger Austria M. Jenko Slovenia<br />
A. Karić B. and H. A. Kochubey Ukraine<br />
I. Koštan Croatia C. Madaschi Italia<br />
T. Mikac Craotia A. Normantyn England<br />
M. Oruč B. and H. L. Parilak Slovakia<br />
G. Parvu Romania I. Pučko Croatia<br />
V. Roubiček Czech R. J. Sinay Slovakia<br />
S. Sundberg Sweden P. Tardy Hungaria<br />
R. Turk Slovenia F. A. Zaghla Egypt<br />
Z. Zengyong China<br />
ORGANIZING COMMITTEE<br />
V. Živković Croatia-President<br />
M. Buršak Slovakia-Vice President<br />
D.Constantinescu Rom. S. Dobatkin Russia<br />
A.I. GordienkoBeloruss V. Harčenko Ukraine<br />
M. Holtzer Poland J. Kliber Czech R.<br />
W. Lehnert Germany D. Novak Croatia<br />
V. Šatoha Ukraine I. Vitez Croatia<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275
I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />
TOPICS OF THE SYMPOSIUM WERE:<br />
Materials<br />
- New Materials<br />
- Refractory Materials<br />
- The Development<br />
- Applications<br />
- Physical Metallurgy<br />
Metallurgy<br />
- Process Metallurgy and Foundry<br />
- Plastic Processing of Metals and Alloys<br />
- Technologies<br />
- Energetics<br />
- Ecology in Metallurgy<br />
- Quality Assurance and Quality Management<br />
There were 475 reports, 799 authors and coauthors<br />
registered for the seventh International Symposium of the<br />
Croatian Metallurgical Society.<br />
250 participants were present at the symposium. Symposium<br />
activity took place through plenary lectures and<br />
four sections (poster):<br />
Plenary lectures................................................................... 12<br />
Materials - Section “A”.................................................... 188<br />
Process Metallurgy - Section “B”................................. 113<br />
Plastic Processing - Section “C”................................... 69<br />
Metallurgy and Related Topics - Section “D”.......... 93<br />
For the plenary lectures research topics were selected<br />
relating partly to the new materials and partly to the increase<br />
of efficiency of metallurgical procedures, decrease of<br />
required energy as well as improving of products quality<br />
(Aluminium and High Strength Steels).<br />
PLENARY LECTURES WERE:<br />
Ľ. Mihok, P. Demeter, D. Baricová, K. Seilerová;<br />
Faculty of Metallurgy Technical University of Košice,<br />
Košice, Slovakia<br />
Utilization of Ironmaking and Steelmaking Slags<br />
W. Lehnert, R. Kawalla, D. Hübgen; Institut für Metallformung,<br />
TU Bergakademie Freiberg, Germany<br />
Herstellung von Hochwertigen<br />
Bädern und Blechen aus Aluminiumwerkstoffen<br />
M. Holtzer, J. Dańko; Faculty of Foundry Engineering<br />
University of Mining and Metallurgy, Cracow, Poland<br />
The State of<br />
Art and Foresight of World’s Casting Production<br />
S. Dobatkin, J. Zrnik*, I. Mamuzić**; Baikov Institute<br />
of Metallurgy and Materials Science, Russian Academy of<br />
Sciences, Moscow, Russia, *COMTES FHT, Plzen, Czech<br />
Republic, **Faculty of Metallurgy University of Zagreb,<br />
Sisak, Croatia<br />
Nanostructures by Severe Plastic<br />
Deformation of Steels: Advantages and Problems<br />
J. Zrník, I. Mamuzić*, S. V. Dobatkin**; Comtes FHT,<br />
Ltd., Plzen, Czech Republic, *Faculty of Metallurgy<br />
University of Zagreb, Sisak, Croatia, **Moscow Institute<br />
of Metallurgy and Materials Science, Russian Academy<br />
of Sciences, Moscow, Russia<br />
Recent Progress in High Strength Low Carbon Steels<br />
F. Vodopivec, M. Jenko, J. Vojvodič - Tuma; Institute of<br />
Metals and Technology, Ljubljana, Slovenia<br />
Stability of<br />
MC Carbide Particles Size in Creep Resisting Steels<br />
O. Golovko, I. Mamuzić*, O. Grydin; National Metallurgical<br />
Academy of Ukraine, Dnepropetrovsk, Ukraine,<br />
*Faculty of Metallurgy University of Zagreb, Sisak,<br />
Croatia<br />
Method for Pocket Die Design on the Base of Numerical<br />
Investigations of Aluminium Extrusion Process<br />
Ya. V. Frolov, I. Mamuzić*, V. N. Danchenko; National<br />
Metallurgical Academy of Ukraine, Dnepropetrovsk,<br />
Ukraine, *Faculty of Metallurgy University of Zagreb,<br />
Sisak, Croatia<br />
The Heat Conditions of the Cold Pilger Rolling<br />
Comprehensive outline of plenary reports (the 5 reports)<br />
were published in the journal Metalurgija 45 (2006)<br />
3, 147-184 as the article, other 3 plenary report will be<br />
published in Metalurgija 45 (2006) 4. The summaries<br />
of all lectures of 7th Symposium were published also in<br />
Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 185-268.<br />
Review of the lectures of Poster section were also published<br />
in the Journal Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3:<br />
- Review of the lectures of materials - section “A”, Metalurgija<br />
45 (2006) 3, 191-194;<br />
- Review of the lectures in process metallurgy - section<br />
“B”, Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 221-224;<br />
- Review of the lectures of plastic processing - section<br />
“C”, Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 239-241;<br />
- Review of the lectures of metallurgy and related topics<br />
- section “D”, Metalurgija 45 (2006) 3, 253-255.<br />
For this symposium the reports were prepared by the<br />
authors and coauthors from various world universities,<br />
institutes, academies and companies. It is to be emphasised<br />
that the scientists from three Croatian universities (Zagreb,<br />
Rijeka, Osijek) participated in the symposium.<br />
In the time of 7 th Symposium was also held:<br />
- meeting of International Editorial Board of the Journal<br />
Metalurgija.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275 273
I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />
Based of the recommendation of Menaning Board<br />
of Croatian Metallurgical Society, Editorial Board has<br />
adopted:<br />
- Rule Book on the Journal Metalurgija, the articles 5. and<br />
10.;<br />
- for the Editor - in - chief is reelected Acad. Prof. D. Sc.<br />
I. Mamuzić instead of the period 2004-2008 y. for the<br />
period 2006-2010 y.<br />
More than 150 participants were included in a round<br />
table session on the achievements, conclusions and closing<br />
of the 7 th International symposium “Materials and<br />
Metallurgy”.<br />
In the discussions it was confirmed that the symposiums<br />
organized by Croatian Metallurgical Society have<br />
become traditional assembly of experts and scientists<br />
of various profiles: metallurgists, geologists, physicists,<br />
chemists, mechanical engineers etc.<br />
With a demonstration of their best achievements they<br />
all assist the metallurgy in Croatia to call the same attention<br />
as it does otherwise in the world.<br />
Subsequently we give some of the discussions on the<br />
7 th Symposium following sections:<br />
F. Vodopivec: Materials - Section “A”<br />
188 summaries were selected for this section of the<br />
symposium. It is, thus, understandable that in the range<br />
of time given, it was not possible to prepare a real survey,<br />
but only a short recording of main topics investigated and<br />
of the purposes aimed. To obtain a better overview on the<br />
content of this section of the symposium, the summaries<br />
were classified in 16 groups on the base of the content, as<br />
it could be understood from the summary. In most of the<br />
summaries the accent is given to the goal and the method of<br />
investigation and little information is given on the achieved<br />
results. It is, thus, possible that a number of summaries<br />
were not placed in the suited group.<br />
A wide range of topics is presented: the formation of<br />
microstructure by solidification, hot working, and heat<br />
treatment, equilibrium and kinetics of phase formation,<br />
tensile properties from crio over ambient to very high<br />
temperature, fatigue strength by stressing and combined<br />
stressing and fretting, creep rate at elevated and very high<br />
temperature, calculation of phase equilibira and kinetics,<br />
new and improved methods for the characterization,<br />
improvement of technology, development of new alloys,<br />
modelling of properties and processes, and calculation of<br />
stresses by operation and of lifetime of parts of machines<br />
and structures. In a number of summaries remarkable<br />
achievements, theoretical and for application, are presented.<br />
In this aspect, the average quality and relevance<br />
for application of the achievements reported, although<br />
274<br />
only in summaries, are improved in comparison to the<br />
previous symposium.<br />
In the majority of summaries the alloy investigated are<br />
different steels. In a number of summaries also results on<br />
investigations on aluminium, titanium, magnesium, nickel,<br />
zirconium, niobium, molybdenum, copper and heavy metals<br />
alloys are reported. In most of the groups, the exception is<br />
only the group “Aluminium and magnesium” alloys, investigations<br />
on alloys with different base metal are included.<br />
In comparison to the previous symposium, the number<br />
of summaries reporting on investigations on amorphous<br />
and nano grain size alloys and summaries with theoretical<br />
calculations of equilibria and properties as well as modelling<br />
are increased. Of equal importance is the considerable<br />
number of summaries on calculation of the stressing of<br />
parts in use and of degradation of properties due to surface<br />
oxydation or microstructural processes at the temperature<br />
of operation f.i. steels in parts of thermal power works.<br />
The summaries were submitted mainly scientists from<br />
universities and institutes. Authors from industrial companies<br />
are found in 22 summaries, mostly in those submitted<br />
from Slovenian scientists.<br />
The number of authors of summaries is in the range<br />
one to seven, mostly two or three.<br />
The countries of origins of authors are: Croatia,<br />
Ucraine, Russia, Bela Rus, Litva, Polonia, Slovakia, Czech<br />
Republik, Slovenia, Romania, Turkey, Spain and Bosnia-<br />
Herzegovina. Authors from different countries are found<br />
in a small number of summaries, also.<br />
These groups are:<br />
- processing of ferrous and non ferrous alloys;<br />
- powder metallurgy;<br />
- physical metallurgy;<br />
- mechanical properties;<br />
- wet and dry corrosion, corrosion resistance;<br />
- surface technology;<br />
- computer calculation and modelling;<br />
- composites;<br />
- methodology of investigation;<br />
- aluminium and magnesium alloys;<br />
- non ferrous alloys;<br />
- welding, microstructure and properties of welds;<br />
- nano and amorphous alloys;<br />
- application and degradation in service;<br />
- miscellaneous;<br />
- non metallic’s.<br />
Ľ. Mihok: Process Metallurgy - Section “B”<br />
The section contained 113 papers. According to their<br />
scope they were subdivided into fourteen groups:<br />
- coke production;<br />
- sintering of fine materials;<br />
- pig iron production;<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275
I. MAMUZIĆ: SURVEY OF 7 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM OF CROATIAN METALLURgICAL SOCIETY<br />
- steel production;<br />
- non - ferrous metals;<br />
- foundry metallurgy;<br />
- refractories;<br />
- production of ferroalloys;<br />
- thermal energetics;<br />
- environment aspects;<br />
- smelting reduction;<br />
- welding;<br />
- inorganic materials;<br />
- miscellaneous.<br />
In same cases it was difficult to include the contribution<br />
into specific group as it contained information related<br />
to more fields.<br />
The Symposium presented many new information both<br />
to scientists and factory staff members and we hope that<br />
this high level will be kept in the future. Our thanks are<br />
directed to organizers.<br />
P. Fajfar: Plastic processing - Section “C”<br />
69 contributions have been received for Section C on<br />
Plastic processing of materials. According to their scope<br />
they were subdivided into 9 groups:<br />
- plastic deformation;<br />
- plate and shape rolling;<br />
- extrusion;<br />
- wire drawing;<br />
- tubes production;<br />
- sheet metal forming;<br />
- reheating process;<br />
- modernization;<br />
- miscellaneous.<br />
The most numerous are the contributions of the scientists<br />
from Croatia, Poland, Slovenia, Russia, Slovakia, Bosnia<br />
and Herzegovina, Czech Republic, germany, Turkey and<br />
Romania. Survey of the authors shows that nearly one fifth<br />
of the contributions are the result of co-operation between<br />
research institutes from different countries. The most evident<br />
is co-operation of Croatian scientists with colleagues from<br />
Ukraine, Slovenia, Slovakia and Bosnia and Herzegovina.<br />
Most contributions have been sent by research institutions<br />
(59), 12 of them are result of co-operation between research<br />
institutions and industry and only 4 of them have been written<br />
by authors who work only in industry.<br />
The variety topics and different ways of the solutions<br />
of problems treated in papers presented is a confirmation of<br />
vitality of metallurgical science in Europe and in Croatia.<br />
From this point of view the organizer of 7 th International<br />
Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society may be<br />
satisfied.<br />
P. Fajfar: Metallurgy and Related Topics - Section “D”<br />
93 contributions have been received for Section D<br />
on Metallurgy and related topics. The most numerous are<br />
the contributions of the scientists from Slovakia, Ukraine,<br />
Croatia, Poland, Russia and s. o. With the exception of four<br />
contributions presented from enterprises, the rest of them<br />
are results of scientific work in research and educational<br />
institutes.<br />
Topics of section D are:<br />
- marketing and management in metallurgical and mining<br />
enterprises;<br />
- mineral engineering;<br />
- energy sources;<br />
- environment pollution;<br />
- heat transfer;<br />
- science on materials;<br />
- computer science;<br />
- other applications.<br />
Although the papers presented in the section “Metallurgy<br />
and related topics” are very heterogeneous according<br />
to scientific discipline, quality and subject matter of most<br />
of the papers justify their including into the program of the<br />
symposium. Their usefulness for the branch of metall-urgy<br />
can be seen in the possibility of comparison in meth-ods<br />
and techniques used in applied research and resolving<br />
certain professional problems. First, this refers to mineral<br />
dressing and other disciplines that it leans on. Secondly,<br />
this refers to computer application for resolving technological<br />
problems. Thus, it can be concluded that including<br />
papers from other disciplines adjacent to metallurgy and<br />
wider into the program of the symposium is useful and<br />
stimulating in interdisciplinary terms for future.<br />
Based on the analysis and evaluation of the subject matter<br />
of the symposium, the symposium has been appraised<br />
positively and it has been acknowledged that it has its place<br />
in the international exchange of knowledge.<br />
It is reasonable to conclude that the demonstrated results<br />
of scientific and professional investigation accompanied<br />
by the complete and quality manifestations, especially<br />
discussions at the round table prove that the organizing of<br />
the 7 th International symposium of Croatian Metallurgical<br />
Society “Materials and Metallurgy” in Šibenik 2006, June<br />
18 - 22 was justified. Especially has to be emphasized that<br />
the participants will keep wonderful memories of Šibenik<br />
and Solaris Hotels.<br />
Based on the agreement of Meeting of World Metallurgical<br />
Societys, Düsseldorf, November 2005 y. and the<br />
conclusion of the round table the next 8 th International<br />
Symposium of Croatian Metallurgical Society “Materials<br />
and Metallurgy” will be held 2008 - June 21 - 25.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 271-275 275
8 th INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM<br />
OF<br />
CROATIAN METALLURGICAL SOCIETY<br />
All the informations please see:<br />
http://pubwww.srce.hr/metalurg<br />
S H M D ’2008.<br />
MATERIALS AND METALLURGY<br />
CALL FOR PARTICIPATION<br />
The 8 th Symposium is also in the “Calendar of International Conferences for 2008”<br />
(Meeting of World Metallurgical Societys, Düsseldorf, November 2005).<br />
CROATIA, June, 21 - 25, 2008
I. I. mamuzIć, mamuzIć: Editor-in-chief mINuTES of Journal ThE mEETINg Metalurgija of ThE EdITorIal I. mamuzIć, Board glavni of i JourNal odgovorni urednik Metalurgija časopisa Metalurgija<br />
M I N U T E S<br />
of the meeting of the Editorial Board of Journal<br />
Metalurgija, held on 19 June 2006 in the hotel Ivan<br />
- Solaris with the beginning at 7 Pm.<br />
Present: I. alfirević, l. mihok, f. Vodopivec, S. dobatkin,<br />
I. mamuzić, m. holtzer, V. roubiček, I. Vitez<br />
(deputy for I. Budić), d. hübgen (deputy for r.<br />
Kawalla), d. Živković (deputy for r. deželić).<br />
absent: m. Jurković, m. Jenko, h. hiebler, a. Veličko<br />
(excused).<br />
The Editor-in-chief, I. mamuzić opened the meeting<br />
and proposed the following<br />
AGENDA<br />
1. recommendations of managing Board of Croatian<br />
metallurgical Society (CmS)-Please ENCl.<br />
2. opinion on the Journal Metalurgija and recommendations<br />
for the future work.<br />
3. other business.<br />
The agenda was unanimously accepted.<br />
Re. 1. The members of the Editorial Board have received<br />
earlier the material for this point of agenda, i.e.:<br />
at its 12 th session of 6 april 2006 held on the occasion<br />
of the 45th anniversary of the appearance of metallurgy<br />
Journal, after a conducted discussion the managing Board<br />
of the Croatian metallurgical Society (CmS) made for the<br />
Editorial Board of metallurgy Journal the following<br />
rECommENdaTIoNS<br />
a. CmS President and Editor-in Chief of metallurgy Journal<br />
are to be elected for a 4-year term. Earlier these elections<br />
were held at 2-year intervals. In view of this, the<br />
managing Board recommends to the Editorial Board to<br />
re-elect the incumbent Editor-in Chief mr. I. mamuzić<br />
(2004-2008) for the term 2006-2010.<br />
B. The ministry of Science, Education and Sports has<br />
passed the ordinance on the Publication of Journals<br />
whereby criteria for subsidising the publication of journals<br />
are tightened. This particularly applies to reviewing<br />
and the composition of editorial boards.<br />
- In this regard, the rules of Procedure of metallurgy<br />
Journal shall be amended in article 5 by adding: “with<br />
at least one reelection”.<br />
- The following text shall be added to article 10: “In case<br />
of their absence, the members of the Editorial Board<br />
can send their approvals or disapprovals of particular<br />
items on the agenda or else designate a proxy. a member<br />
may not be absent from more than 4 meetings in<br />
succession”.<br />
Z A P I S N I K<br />
sa sastanka uredničkog odbora časopisa<br />
Metalurgija, održanog 19.06.2006. u hotelu Ivan -<br />
Solaris sa početkom u 19 00 .<br />
Nazočni: I. alfirević, l. mihok, f. Vodopivec, S. dobatkin,<br />
I. mamuzić, m. holtzer, V. roubiček, I. Vitez<br />
(zamjena za I. Budić), d. hübgen (zamjena za r.<br />
Kawalla), d. Živković (zamjena za r. deželić).<br />
Izočni: m. Jurković, m. Jenko, h. hiebler, a. Veličko<br />
(opravdano).<br />
Sastanak je otvorio glavni i odgovorni urednik I.<br />
mamuzić te predložio slijedeći<br />
DNEVNI RED<br />
1. Preporuke upravnog odbora hrvatskog metalurškog<br />
društva.<br />
2. mišljenje o časopisu Metalurgija i preporuke za budući<br />
rad.<br />
3. razno.<br />
dnevni red je jednoglasno prihvaćen.<br />
Ad. 1. Članovi uredničkog odbora pohvalno su ranije<br />
dobili materijal za ovu točku dnevnog reda, tj.:<br />
Povodom 45. obljetnice tiskanja časopisa metalurgija,<br />
nakon provedene rasprave, upravni odbor hrvatskog<br />
metalurškog društva (hmd) na svojoj 12. sjednici<br />
održanoj dana 06.04.2006. goidne donio je uredničkom<br />
odboru časopisa Metalurgija sljedeće<br />
PrEPoruKE<br />
a) Izbor predsjednika hmd-a te glavnog i odgovornog<br />
urednika časopisa metalurgija je na 4 godine. ovi izbori<br />
su se dosad odvijali u razlici 2 godine. glede toga<br />
upravni odbor predlaže upravnom odboru na sljedećoj<br />
sjednici u 2006. godini reizabrati glavnog i odgovornog<br />
urednika I. mamuzić (2004.-2008.) na mandatno razdoblje<br />
2006.-2010. godine.<br />
B) ministarstvo znanosti, obrazovanja i športa donijelo je<br />
Pravilnik o izdavanju časopisa, kojim su pooštreni uvjeti<br />
dodjele novčane potpore ministarstva za tisak časopisa.<br />
Posebice se to odnosi na recenzije i sastav uredničkog<br />
odbora.<br />
- glede toga u Pravilnik o načinu rada časopisa Metalurgija,<br />
u točki 5. je dopuna: “barem s jednim reizborom“.<br />
- u točki 10. dodaje se tekst: “u slučaju izočnosti,<br />
članovi uredničkog odbora mogu pismeno dostaviti<br />
svoje pozitivne ili negativne odluke na točke dnevnog<br />
reda ili odrediti zamjenika. maksimalna dozvoljena<br />
izočnost uzastopno je na 4 sastanka“.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 277-278 277
I. mamuzIć: mINuTES of ThE mEETINg of ThE EdITorIal Board of JourNal Metalurgija<br />
a. Based on the past results of the Jornal Metalurgija, longterm<br />
successful voluntary work of the Editor-in-chief,<br />
Prof. I. mamuzić, on the proposal of Prof. I. alfirevića<br />
was unanimously taken the following<br />
278<br />
DECESION<br />
for the Editor-in-chief is elected Prof. I. mamuzić in<br />
the period 2006-2010.<br />
The decesion comes to force immediately.<br />
B. after of the discussion, the Editorial Board of the Journal<br />
Metalurgija unanimously accepted the amendments<br />
fot the atricles 5. and 10.<br />
Re. 2. The members of the Editorial Board appraised past<br />
activity of the Journal:<br />
- being included in tertiary and secondary publications<br />
and databases,<br />
- regularity in publishing (each issue is printed several<br />
months before dead-line),<br />
- journal equipments, consistency of pictures, etc.<br />
- Editorial Board member form Croatia reported some<br />
mistakes in translations (English - Croatian and the<br />
other way round). however, we will try to minimise<br />
these-kind mistakes in future work,<br />
Journal Metalurgija covers technical as well as other<br />
areas, consequently such a broad range of different texts<br />
is difficult to revise, i.e. translate (English - german -<br />
Croatian languages).<br />
Re. 3. The next meeting of the International Editorial<br />
Board (in accordance with the article 10. of the rule<br />
Book) is proposed to be held during the 8 th Symposium<br />
of Croatian metallurgical Society (21 - 25 June 2008).<br />
The meting ended at 9 Pm.<br />
The members of<br />
Editorial Board on the<br />
meeting 11 June 2006,<br />
from the left, stend: d.<br />
Živković (deputy for r.<br />
deželić), m. holtzer, I.<br />
mamuzić, l. mihok, V.<br />
roubiček, S. dobatkin;<br />
sit: I. Vitez (deputy for<br />
I. Budić), I. alfirević,<br />
d. hübgen (deputy for<br />
r. Kawalla), f. Vodopivec<br />
a) Na temelju dosadašnjih rezultata časopisa Metalurgija,<br />
dugogodišnjeg uspješnog dragovoljačkog rada<br />
glavnog i odgovornog urednika Prof. I. mamuzića, na<br />
prijedlog Prof. I. alfirevića jednoglasno je donesena,<br />
sukladno članku 2. Pravilnika,<br />
ODLUKA<br />
za glavnog i odgovornog urednika izabire se Prof. I.<br />
mamuzić u razdoblju 2006. - 2010. godine.<br />
odluka stupa na snagu odmah.<br />
B) Nakon provedene rasprave jednoglasno su prihvaćene<br />
izmjene - dopune u točkama 5. i 10., koje će biti<br />
ugrađene u Pravilnik o radu časopisa Metalurgija.<br />
Ad. 2. Članovi uredničkog odbora pohvalno su se izrazili<br />
o dosadašnjoj djelatnosti časopisa:<br />
- uključenost u tercijarne i sekundarne publikacije i<br />
baze podataka;<br />
- redovitost tiskanja (svaki broj se tiska nekoliko mjeseci<br />
pred termin važenja);<br />
- opremljenost časopisa, ujednačenost izrade svih slika,<br />
itd.<br />
- hrvatski članovi uredništva su naveli manje greške u<br />
prijevodima (engleski - hrvatski i obrnuto), što će se<br />
nastojati poboljšati.<br />
Časopis Metalurgija pokriva tehnička i ostala područja<br />
pa je tako različite tekstove teško lektorirati, odnosno<br />
prevoditi (engleski, njemačji, hrvatski jezik).<br />
Ad. 3. Idući sastanak međunarodnog uredničkog odbora<br />
(sukladno članku 10. Pravilnika) predložen je tijekom<br />
8. simpozija hrvatskog metalurškog društva (21. -<br />
25.06.2008. godine).<br />
Sastanak je završio u 21 00 .<br />
Članovi uredničkog<br />
odbora na sastanku<br />
11.06.2006., slijeva,<br />
stoje: d. Živković (zamjena<br />
za r. deželić),<br />
m. holtzer, I. mamuzić,<br />
l. mihok, V. roubiček,<br />
S. dobatkin; sjede: I.<br />
Vitez (zamjena za I.<br />
Budić), I. alfirević, d.<br />
d. hübgen (zamjena za<br />
r. Kawalla), f. Vodopivec<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 277-278
Editorial EdIToRIAL Board BoARd of the of Journal ThE JoURnAL MetalurgijaMetalurgija:<br />
RULE Urednički Book odbor of ThE časopisa JoURnAL Metalurgija Metalurgija<br />
RulE Book of thE<br />
JouRnal Metalurgija<br />
amendments to the Rule Book of the<br />
Journal Metalurgija<br />
Based on the Rule Book of Croatian Metallurgical Society,<br />
Article 21., Paragraph 2., 3., Editorial Board of the Journal Metalurgija<br />
on its session held on 19 June 2006 has adopted<br />
RulE Book<br />
on the Journal Metalurgija<br />
1. Starting point for this “Rule Book” is the Rule Book on the<br />
Journal Metalurgija that was adopted by Publishing Council of<br />
the journal Metalurgija on 7 May 1991. Little modifications<br />
were necessary because the Act on Publishing Activities in<br />
the Republic of Croatia anticipated no publishing councils<br />
for single Journals. Consequently, the Publishing Council of<br />
Journal Metalurgija suspended its activities in 1993 (List of<br />
members of the Publishing Council was no longer published<br />
in Metalurgija (1993) 3). The competences and obligations<br />
of Publishing Council are transferred to Editorial Board or<br />
Publisher (i.e. co-publisher) or founder of the Journal.<br />
2. The term of office of the Editor-in-chief is four years. Editorin-chief<br />
can be re-elected by Editorial Board. The number of<br />
terms is not limited.<br />
3. Editor-in-chief is authorized to choose, appoint and discharge<br />
the members of Editorial Board, deputy Editor-in-chief,<br />
Technical Editors, Linguistic Advisers (Croatian, English and<br />
German language) and other assistants.<br />
4. Editor-in-chief, with the purpose to raise the level of the<br />
Journal Metalurgija to the worldwide level, select as well<br />
the members of Editorial Board in Croatia as abroad. The<br />
International Editorial Board may count 15 members at most<br />
(including Editor-in-chief).<br />
5. The members of the Editorial Board need to be well-known<br />
scientists with their works published in recognized world<br />
periodicals, by their vocation at least senior research fellow<br />
(full professor) with at least one re-election and must be able to<br />
speak two world languages (one of them must be English).<br />
6. The members of Editorial Board cover special scientific<br />
(professional) fields in metallurgy as follows:<br />
- physical metallurgy and materials,<br />
- processing metallurgy (non-ferrous and ferrous metallurgy),<br />
- mechanical metallurgy (manufacturing, energy supply, ecology<br />
etc.),<br />
- related (adjoing) professions:<br />
mechanical engineering, chemistry, physics etc.<br />
7. The members of Editorial Board are not representatives of<br />
legal persons of their firms but they are physical persons as<br />
prominent scientists from inland and foreign countries.<br />
8. In the International Editorial Board - for the reason of reducing<br />
editorial costs - each member of Editorial Board will in his<br />
scientific (professional) field independently give suggestions<br />
for a reviewer (or personally make such reviews but not more<br />
than 5 per year).<br />
Pravilnik časoPisa Metalurgija<br />
izmjene i dopune Pravilnika časopisa Metalurgija<br />
na temelju Statuta hrvatskog metalurškog društva (hMd)<br />
članak 21., Stavak 2., 3., Urednički odbor časopisa Metalurgija<br />
na sjednici održanoj dana 19.06.2006. godine potvrđuje<br />
PRaVIlnIk<br />
Časopisa Metalurgija<br />
1. Izvorište za ovaj “Pravilnik” je Pravilnik časopisa Metalurgija<br />
donešen na Izdavačkom savjetu časopisa Metalurgija dana<br />
07.05.1991. godine. Manje izmjene su bile potrebite jer Zakon<br />
o izdavačkoj djelatnosti Republike Hrvatske nije više predmnijevao<br />
Izdavačke savjete pojedinih časopisa, to je i Izdavački<br />
Savjet časopisa Metalurgija prestao djelovati u 1993. godini<br />
(Lista Izdavačkog Savjeta nije više objavljena u Metalurgiji<br />
(1993.) 3.). Ovlasti i zaduženja Izdavačkog Savjeta se prenose<br />
ili na Urednički odbor, ili izdavača (odnosno suizdavača) ili<br />
osnivača časopisa.<br />
2. Zvanični mandat glavnog i odgovornog urednika je četiri<br />
godine. Glavni i odgovorni urednik može biti iznovice biran<br />
po Uredničkom odboru. Broj mandata nije ograničen.<br />
3. Glavni i odgovorni urednik je ovlašten za izbor, imenovanje i<br />
razrješavanje članova Uredničkog odbora, zamjenika glavnog<br />
i odgovornog urednika, tehničkih urednika, lektora (hrvatski,<br />
engleski i njemački jezik) i ostalih pomoćnika.<br />
4. Glavni i odgovorni urednik u svrhu podizanja časopisa Metalurgija<br />
na svjetsku razinu, odabire i članove Uredničkog<br />
odbora iz inozemstva i tuzemstva. Međunarodni Urednički<br />
odbor može imati najviše 15 članova (računajući i glavnog<br />
- odgovornog urednika).<br />
5. Članovi Uredničkog odbora trebaju biti priznati znanstvenici s<br />
objavljenim radovima u prestižnim časopisima u svijetu, najmanje<br />
u zvanju znanstvenog savjetnika (redovitoga profesora)<br />
barem s jednim reizborom uz poznavanje dva svjetska jezika<br />
(jedan obvezatan engleski).<br />
6. Članovi Uredničkog odbora pokrivaju određena znanstvena<br />
(stručna) područja iz metalurgije i to:<br />
- fizičke metalurgije i materijala,<br />
- procesne metalurgije (obojena i crna metalurgija),<br />
- mehaničke metalurgije (preradba, energetika, ekologija itd.),<br />
- srodne (dodirne) struke: strojarstvo, kemija, fizika, itd.<br />
7. Članovi Uredničkog odbora nisu zastupnici pravnih osoba gdje<br />
su zaposlenici nego su fizičke osobe, kao istaknuti znanstvenici<br />
iz tuzemstva i inozemstva.<br />
8. Uspostavom međunarodnog Uredničkog odbora, a zbog smanjenja<br />
troškova uređivanja, svaki član Uredničkog odbora će<br />
sa svog znanstvenog (stručnog) područja davati samostalno<br />
prijedlog recenzenta (ili osobno napraviti recenziju, ali ne više<br />
od pet u godini).<br />
9. Ovlašćuje se uži dio Uredničkog odbora (glavni i odgovorni<br />
urednik, te tehnički suradnici) zaprimiti članke, te ih proslijediti<br />
članovima Uredničkog odbora za izbor recenzenta (iz<br />
članka 8.). Sa sastanka užeg dijela Uredničkog odbora vodi se<br />
zapisnik, a sastanci se održavaju najmanje 4 puta godišnje.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 279-280 279
EdIToRIAL BoARd of ThE JoURnAL Metalurgija: RULE Book of ThE JoURnAL Metalurgija<br />
9. The narrow part of the Editorial Board (Editor-in-chief and<br />
Technical Editors) is empowered to overtake the articles and<br />
deliver them to the members of Editorial Board to choose<br />
reviewer (according to the Article 8). At the session of the<br />
narrow part of the Editorial Board a minutes is taken down<br />
and the sessions are held 4 times a year at least.<br />
10. Each member of the International Editorial Board must receive<br />
every issue of the Journal Metalurgija so that he may send his<br />
written remarks if wished and necessary. In this way, in view<br />
to reducing financial costs, the session of the International<br />
Editorial Board may be held at least once in two years. In<br />
case of their absence, the members of the Editorial Board can<br />
sand their approvals or disapprovals of particular items on the<br />
agenda or else designate a proxy. A member may not be absent<br />
from more than 4 meeting in succession. on these sessions<br />
minutes are taken. At the same time, the members of Editorial<br />
Board in inland and in foreigin countries are completely<br />
equalized in their rights and obligations.<br />
11. The term of office of all the members of Editorial Board,<br />
Technical Editors and others is not limited. It depends only<br />
upon the results and assistance in the publishing of the journal<br />
Metalurgija, which is appraised by the Editor-in-chief (s.<br />
Article no. 3. of this Rule Book). Every appointed member<br />
may submit his resignation if he wishes. The Editor-in-chief is<br />
recomended to invite such a member to talks and explanation<br />
(if the members in resignation responds to the written invitation<br />
of the Editor-in-chief).<br />
12. The circle of foreign authors must be expanded. In order to<br />
increase the level of the Journal to the worldwide level, the<br />
papers from abroad are desirable to be written predominantly<br />
in English.<br />
13. Publishers (i. e. co-publishers or founders) provide the necessary<br />
financial assets for the publishing of the journal Metalurgija.<br />
The Editor-in-chief is charged with financial operations<br />
of the Journal Metalurgija. Specially, he provides - if possible<br />
- additional financial assets (he submits written requirements<br />
to many competitions, look for donors, organizes various<br />
conferences). By his own choice he appoints a phototypesetter,<br />
printing etc.<br />
14. Membership in Editorial Board is voluntery. The authors are<br />
not paid equally. The assets have to be provided for other<br />
staff members (Editor-in-chief, Technical Editors, Linguistic<br />
advisers and other ancillary staff). The value of these works<br />
and tasks is determined on the level of previous Rule Book<br />
for the related Journal “Strojarstvo” which, being within<br />
everybody’s reach, is not written herewith (eg. the salary<br />
of the Editor-in-chief is leveled with the salary of assistant<br />
professor, the salary of Technical Editor is 30 % level of the<br />
salary of assistant professor and so on).<br />
15. finances of the Journal Metalurgija are managed on the bank<br />
account of the publisher or founder with a separate sub-account.<br />
The cosignatory of financial documentation for the<br />
Journal Metalurgija must be the Editor-in-chief. The Editorin-chief<br />
is entitled to choose the drawing account on which<br />
the finances of the Journal Metalurgija (publisher or founder)<br />
are conducted.<br />
16. The Rule Book may be modificated in the same way as it was<br />
adopted. This Rule Book comes into force immediately.<br />
280<br />
10. Svaki član međunarodnog Uredničkog odbora obvezatno dobija<br />
svaki tiskani broj časopisa Metalurgija, te po želji i potrebi<br />
dostavlja možebitno svoje primjedbe i to u pismenom obliku.<br />
Na ovaj način, a u nakani smanjenja financijskih troškova,<br />
sastanci međunarodnog Uredničkog odbora mogu se održavati<br />
najmanje jedanput u dvije godine. U slučaju izočnosi, članovi<br />
Uredničkog odbora mogu pismeno dostaviti svoje pozitivne ili<br />
negativne odluke na točke Dnevnog reda ili odrediti zamjenika.<br />
Maksimalna dozvoljena izočnosto je uzastopno na 4 sastanka.<br />
Sa sastanka se vodi zapisnik. Istodobno su po pravima i obvezama<br />
u cjelosti izjednačeni članovi Uredničkog odbora iz<br />
inozemstva i tuzemstva.<br />
11. Mandat svih članova Uredničkog odbora, tehničkih urednika<br />
i ostalih nije ograničen, a ovisno o rezultatima i pomoći u<br />
izdavanju časopisa Metalurgija, što procjenjuje glavni i<br />
odgovorni urednik (vidjeti članak 3. ovog Pravilnika). Svi<br />
imenovani članovi mogu po želji i dati ostavke na svoje<br />
članstvo. Preporuča se glavnom i odgovornom uredniku<br />
pozvati tog člana na dogovor i pojašnjenja (ukoliko se član<br />
u ostavci odazove pismenom pozivu glavnog i odgovornog<br />
urednika).<br />
12. obvezatno je proširiti krug autora iz inozemstva. Zbog<br />
podizanja razine časopisa u svijetu poželjno je članke iz<br />
inozemstva pisati pretežito na engleskom jeziku.<br />
13. Izdavači (odnosno suizdavači ili osnivači) osiguravaju potrebita<br />
financijska sredstva za cjelovito izdavanje časopisa Metalurgija.<br />
Glavni i odgovorni urednik je zadužen za financijsko<br />
poslovanje časopisa Metalurgija. Posebice po mogućnosti<br />
osigurava dodatna novčana sredstva (dostavlja pismene<br />
zahtjeve na razne Natječaje, traži donatore, orgnizira različite<br />
konferencije). Odabire po vlastitom izboru izvođača fotosloga,<br />
tisak itd.<br />
14. Članstvo u Uredničkom odboru je dragovoljačko. Autori se<br />
jednako ne plaćaju. Sredstva treba osigurati za ostale djelatnike<br />
(glavnog i odgovornog urednika, tehničke urednike, lektore i<br />
ostale pomoćne poslove). Vrijednost ovih poslova i zadataka<br />
se utvrđuje na razini već ranije donešenog Pravilnika za srodni<br />
časopis “Strojarstvo”, a koji je dostupan javnosti i ovdje se ne<br />
prepisuje (na pr. plaća glavnog odgovornog urednika na razini<br />
plaće sveučilišnog docenta, tehničkog urednika na razini 30<br />
% plaće docenta itd).<br />
15. Financijsko poslovanje časopisa Metalurgija vodi se na žiro<br />
računu izdavača ili osnivača i to na posebnom podračunu.<br />
Supotpisnik financijske dokumentacije za časopis Metalurgija<br />
je obvezatno glavni i odgovorni urednik. Glavni i odgovorni<br />
urednik ima pravo izbora žiro računa gdje će se voditi financijsko<br />
poslovanje časopisa Metalurgija (ili kod izdavača ili<br />
osnivača).<br />
16. Pravilnik se može mijenjati jednakim postupkom kako je i<br />
donešen. ovaj pravilnik stupa na snagu odmah.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 279-280
M. M. BizjAk, BIzJAk L. et kosec, al.: ThE B. ChARACTERIzATIon kosec, i. AnžeL of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd Issn 0543-5846 ...<br />
METABk 45 (4) 281-286 (2006)<br />
UdC - Udk 669.15:621.317.4:536.6=111<br />
The CharaCTerizaTion of Phase<br />
TransformaTions in raPidly solidified al-fe and Cu-fe alloys<br />
Through measuremenTs of The eleCTriCal resisTanCe and dsC<br />
M. Bizjak, L. kosec, B. kosec, faculty of natural sciences and Engineering<br />
University of Ljubljana, slovenia, i. Anžel, Faculty of Mechanical<br />
Engineering University of Maribor, slovenia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-10-21<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-02-20<br />
Original Scientific Paper - Izvorni znanstveni rad<br />
For the characterization of the phase transformations in the alloys during the heat treatment the various methods<br />
of the thermal analyses are available. Thermogravimetry, differential thermal analysis (DTA) and the differential<br />
scanning calorimetry (DSC) are the most frequently used methods. The phase transformations proceed in two<br />
stages, i.e. nucleation and the growth of the new phase. Both processes are closely linked with the movement of<br />
the atoms. Rapidly solidified alloys often contain the elements with the low diffusivity. During the transition from<br />
the unstable to the stable state the energy changes are small, therefore the characterization of the changes by<br />
DTA, DSC is very difficult and could not be measured. During the heat treatment the phase transformations of<br />
the rapidly solidified alloys of Al-Fe and Cu-Fe were successfully detected by the simultaneous measurements of<br />
the electrical resistance, and were compared by the DSC method. By determination of the temperature regions<br />
of the phase transitions or temperatures, where the dynamics of the changes is maximal, the samples were<br />
heat treated and analysed by the scanning and transmission electron microscopy respectively.<br />
Key words: rapidly solidified Al-Fe and Cu-Fe alloys, transformations, electrical resistance, differential scanning<br />
calorimetry<br />
Karakterizacija faznih transformacija brzo skrutnutih Al-Fe i Cu-Fe slitina pomoću mjerenja električne<br />
otpornosti i diferencijalno skenirajuće kalorimetrije. Za karakterizaciju faznih transformacija slitina tijekom<br />
toplinske obrade koriste se različite metode toplinske analize (DTA). Najčešće korištene metode su termogravimetrija,<br />
diferencijalno toplinska analiza i diferencijalna skenirajuća kalorimetrija (DSK). Fazne se transformacije<br />
odvijaju u dva stadija, tj. nukleacija i rast nove faze. Oba su procesa usko povezana s gibanjem atoma.<br />
Brzo skrutnute slitine često sadrže elemente niske difuznosti. Tijekom prijelaza iz nestabilnog u stabilno stanje<br />
energetske su promjene male i zato je karakterizacija promjena pomoću DTA i DSK veoma teška i ne mjerljiva.<br />
Za vrijeme toplinske obrade mikrostrukturne transformacije brzo skrutnutih Al-Fe i Cu-Fe slitina uspješno su<br />
detektirane istodobnim mjerenjem električnog otpora. Određivanjem temperaturnih područja faznih prijelaza ili<br />
temperatura, gdje su dinamičke promjene maksimalne, uzorci su toplinski obrađeni i analizirani pomoću skener<br />
i transmisijske elektronske mikroskopije.<br />
Ključne riječi: brzo skrutnute Al-Fe i Cu-Fe slitine, transformacije, električna otpornost, diferencijalna skenirajuća<br />
kalorimetrija<br />
inTroduCTion<br />
Many methods exist for the analysis and for the characterization<br />
of the phase transformations of the rapidly<br />
solidified alloys, which are also described in the literature<br />
[1 - 3]. frequently used methods are the scanning electron<br />
microscopy (sEM), transmission electron microscopy<br />
(TEM), and the diffraction of the X - rays (XRd). All the<br />
results should be in mutual agreement. for determination<br />
of the phase transformations of the samples during the heat<br />
treatment the different methods of the thermal analysis are<br />
available, by which the physical properties of the substances<br />
and the reaction products are examined as the function of<br />
the temperature. Among those the thermography (TM), dTA<br />
and dsC are the most frequently used methods. At the most<br />
analytical procedures the phase transformations at the constant<br />
temperature are examined, and less frequently after the<br />
given involved program. The results of the measurements of<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286 281
M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />
the heat excited processes are the heating and cooling curves<br />
as the function of the temperature. The kinetics parameters<br />
established by the measurements are detailed in the book<br />
of Chena and kirsha [4].<br />
The phase transformations are possible only, if the free<br />
energy change of the system is lowered. While the possible<br />
phase transformations are established by thermodynamics,<br />
their progress to form the microstructure depends by<br />
the kinetics. The phase transformations proceed in two<br />
stages, i.e. nucleation and the growth of the new phase.<br />
Both processes are closely linked with the movement of<br />
the atoms. The parallel development of the powder metallurgy<br />
and the procedures of the rapidly solidification enable<br />
the manufacture of the new alloys [5]. Rapidly solidified<br />
alloys often contain the elements, which have the small<br />
diffusivity, so that the changes of the reaction energies for<br />
the transition from unstable into the stable state are low.<br />
These phenomena intensify difficulties to investigate the<br />
alloys by dsC and dTA.<br />
eXPerimenTal WorK<br />
Making of the rapidly solidified ribbons<br />
Alloys of Al-fe (4,7 mas. % fe) and Cu-fe (4,4 mas.<br />
% Fe) were remelted in the vacuum induction furnace, and<br />
then cast into the metal mould of the diameter of 45 mm.<br />
Thus made alloys were inserted into the graphite crucible.<br />
The component parts of the graphite crucible are shown<br />
in Figure 1.a. The rapidly solidified ribbons were made in<br />
the pilot plant shown in Figure 1.b [6, 7].<br />
Both alloys were inductively remelted in argon at the<br />
pressure of 350 mbar. Under the argon overpressure in the<br />
graphite crucible the molten alloy was sprayed through the<br />
nozzle on the rotating disc of the copper alloy. The heel was<br />
formed at the contact of the melt with the roll as the origin of<br />
282<br />
the formation of the continuously rapidly solidified ribbons.<br />
The chemical compositions and the dimensions of ribbons<br />
are presented in Table 1.<br />
differential scanning calorimetry<br />
Microstructural transformations of the rapidly solidified<br />
alloys were examined by Dsc at the constant heating rate<br />
of 5 °C/min. The differences of the thermoelectric voltages<br />
between the investigated and the reference samples were<br />
measured. The results of measurements were presented<br />
on the heating curve, which introduce the dependence<br />
between the consumed and the liberated energy regarding<br />
to the temperature. The tests were performed on the<br />
sTA 449 device of the netsch firm, which enable precise<br />
investigation of the physical and chemical processes. The<br />
results of the Dsc were compared with the results obtained<br />
by measurements of the electrical resistance of ribbons of<br />
the rapidly solidified alloy.<br />
measurement of<br />
the electrical resistance<br />
for the simultaneous measurement<br />
of the electrical resistance<br />
the four-probe d.C.<br />
method was used [8 - 10]. it was<br />
applied on ribbons of 200 to 250<br />
mm length, which was coiled up<br />
on the 50 mm long ceramic tube.<br />
Reliability and repeatability of<br />
measurements were assured by<br />
the special girder construction<br />
for the samples with the tungsten<br />
and platinum lines (figure 2.).<br />
during the heat treatment of the<br />
samples the electrical resistance<br />
was measured in the tube furnace<br />
and the temperature by the thermocouple of Pt - Pt 10 %<br />
Rh, which was attached to the sample respectively. The<br />
temperature heating program of the furnace was controlled<br />
by the eurotherm control system. The thermocouple with the<br />
reverse loop and thyristor were regulating that system.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286
M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />
The voltage drop on the sample, which was heated by<br />
the constant rate, was measured at the constant electric<br />
current by the amplifier with the closed loop (Figure 3.).<br />
The computer collected the temperature data through<br />
the rectifier and the voltage drops through the GPiB<br />
intermediate every 5 seconds. The electrical resistance<br />
was simultaneously calculated at known electric current<br />
through the sample and measured voltage drop. After the<br />
completed measurement of the electrical resistance at the<br />
heating rate of 5 °c the samples were quenched to preserve<br />
the microstructure. By establishing the temperature regions<br />
of the phase transformations the samples were suitable heat<br />
treated and analysed by sEM and TEM.<br />
resulTs and disCussion<br />
microstructure of<br />
rapidly solidified Al-Fe 4,7 mas. % alloy<br />
Rapidly solidified ribbons of the aluminium alloys with<br />
various iron content have different microstructure through<br />
the thickness. Two zones named zone A and B after H. jones<br />
are characteristic for the microstructure [11, 12]. zone A<br />
with the nano-cell is in contact to the disc, and the zone B<br />
is extending to the upper free surface (figure 4.a).<br />
Primary α Al phase of the observed region is forming<br />
the interior of the cells, and the excess iron quantity is<br />
precipitating on their walls. in zone B the precipitates of<br />
the high-temperature phase are seen, which are located in<br />
the middle of the oblong cells (figure 4.b and 4.c).<br />
microstructure of<br />
rapidly solidified Cu-Fe 4,4 mas. % alloy<br />
In the lateral section the microstructure of rapidly<br />
solidified ribbons of cu-Fe alloy is constituted of more<br />
zones (figure 5.a). At the contact disc surface the zone of<br />
fine globular grains appeared, which proceed to the zone<br />
of columnar - crystal in the middle of the ribbon. The<br />
zone of the coarse globular grains is in the upper part of<br />
the ribbon and is enriched with the iron. in Figure 5.b the<br />
zone of fine globular grains is shown.<br />
As is seen in figure 5.b, the microstructure is homogeneous<br />
and the precipitated particles are not observed on the<br />
grain boundary or within the grains respectively. By TeM<br />
investigation the zone with columnar crystals was observed<br />
in the middle of the ribbon. The spot on the crystal boundary<br />
with the numerous dislocations and fine precipitates of the<br />
size of some nanometres is shown in Figure 5.c.<br />
Phase transformations and<br />
the results of the thermal analysis<br />
Phase transformations of the rapidly solidified ribbons<br />
of Al-fe in Cu-fe alloys in dependence of the temperature<br />
with the heating rate of 5 °c were followed by Dsc and<br />
measurements of the electrical resistance. in Figure 6. two<br />
Dsc thermograms without endothermic and exothermic<br />
peaks are seen. Therefore there is no sign of the precipitation<br />
from the supersaturated solid solution or the transitions<br />
of the intermetallic compounds from the unstable<br />
into the stable state respectively.<br />
The electrical resistance changes depending on the<br />
temperature are shown in Figure 7. Due to the phase<br />
transformations the temperature dependence of the elec-<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286 283
M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />
trical resistance is changing too. Linear parts of the curve<br />
represent the resistance change regarding to the increasing<br />
temperature. At fixed temperature the deviations of the linearity<br />
are observed. With higher temperature the electrical<br />
resistance is temporarily decreasing and then it is increasing<br />
again. The deviations of the linearity are well visible.<br />
The temperatures, at which those deviations of linearity<br />
were appeared, are more visible on the curves of the<br />
first differential of the electrical resistance with respect<br />
to the temperature (Figure 7.a). on these curves two<br />
temperature intervals of changes are seen. The first one<br />
is between 315 and 480 °c with the minimum of 428 °C,<br />
284<br />
and the second one is between 515 and 570 °C. In figure<br />
7.b the result of the simultaneous measurement of the<br />
electrical resistance of the rapidly solidified cu-Fe alloy<br />
is presented. The electrical resistance change is lower<br />
before the iron precipitation from the supersaturated<br />
solid solution of copper than after that. Therefore the<br />
temperature coefficient of the electrical resistance is lower<br />
for the supersaturated solid solution of copper than for<br />
the precipitated iron. from the temperature depending<br />
diagram of the electrical resistance both temperatures of<br />
the interval changes were directly read and are between<br />
318 °C and 660 °C.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286
M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />
Phase transformations of the Al-fe alloy, that correspond<br />
to the first temperature interval of the electrical<br />
resistance changes, are the decompositions of the cell microstructure<br />
linked with the transformation of the unstable<br />
intermetallic phases formed during the rapid solidification<br />
into the stable ones and the iron precipitation from the<br />
supersaturated solid solution of α Al . After the decompo-<br />
sition of the cell microstructure the globular, oblong and<br />
acicular particles are present in the matrix (figure 8.a).<br />
The changes formed after the second temperature interval<br />
are linked with the transformation of the needles into the<br />
oblong or globular particles and of the metastable phases<br />
into the stable ones respectively (figure 8.b). The most<br />
significant reaction of the first interval of the electrical<br />
resistance changes is the iron precipitation from the supersaturated<br />
solid solution. But the transition of the unstable<br />
into the final stable state is indicated by both temperature<br />
intervals of changes. The results of the analysis of the<br />
phase transformations are shown in Table 2.<br />
The characteristic of the phase transformations of<br />
rapidly solidified cu-Fe alloy is the decomposition of the<br />
α Cu solid solution. The microstructure of the ribbon which<br />
was in contact with the cooling disc after the heating over<br />
the temperature interval of the phase transformations is<br />
presented in Figure 9.a. That difference is shown before<br />
and after the heat treatment.<br />
during the heating over the temperature interval of the<br />
phase transformations the iron-enriched particles start to<br />
precipitate. it was established by TeM (Figure 9.b), where<br />
essentially greater magnifications are possible as by seM,<br />
that within the matrix the large number of the precipitated<br />
particles of the size of 5 to 20 nm are mainly presented.<br />
Particles of the size of 50 to 100 nm are observed also on<br />
the grain boundaries (figure 9.a).<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286 285
M. BIzJAk et al.: ThE ChARACTERIzATIon of PhAsE TRAnsfoRMATIons In RAPIdLy soLIdIfIEd ...<br />
ConClusions<br />
Phase transformations in the ribbons of rapidly solidified<br />
alloys of Al-Fe and cu-Fe during the heating were<br />
286<br />
successfully investigated by measurements of the electrical<br />
resistance.<br />
it was established that the electrical resistance is effective<br />
sensitive method for sensing of the phase transformations<br />
by elements of the low diffusivity in the alloys, where<br />
the changes on Dsc were not perceived.<br />
The most significant reactions during the heating of the<br />
ribbons over the first interval change is the iron precipitation<br />
from the supersaturated solid solution of α and α Al Cu<br />
. The transformation process of unstable phases into the<br />
stable ones was simultaneously taking place beside the iron<br />
precipitation. At transition over the changes of the second<br />
interval the transformation of the metastable phases of<br />
aluminium with iron into the stable phase of Al fe and<br />
13 4<br />
acicular structure into the globular one were taking place<br />
respectively.<br />
referenCes<br />
[1] C. d. Lien, M. A. nicolet, Journal Vacuum science Technology B<br />
2 (1984), 783.<br />
[2] k. n. Tu, G. ottaviani, U. Goesele, h. foel, Journal of Applied<br />
Physics 54 (1983) 4, 758.<br />
[3] X. W. Wendlandt:Thermal analysis, 3 rd , j. Wiley&sons, new York,<br />
1986.<br />
[4] X. R. Chen, y. kirsh: Analysis of Thermally stimulated Processes,<br />
Pergamon Press, oxford, (1981).<br />
[5] i. Mamuzić, Metalurgija 43 (2004) 1, 3 - 12.<br />
[6] B. kosec, Euroteh 3 (2004) 5, 32 - 33.<br />
[7] G. Lojen, i. Anžel, A. c. kneissl, A. križman, e. Unterweger, B.<br />
kosec, M. Bizjak, Journal of Materials Processing Technology 162<br />
- 163 (2005), 220 - 229.<br />
[8] M. ohring: The Materials science of Thin films, Academic Press,<br />
san diego, (1992).<br />
[9] L. B. Valdes, Proceedings of the IRE 42, (1954).<br />
[10] G. Riontino, C. Antonione, L. Battezzati, A. zanada, Material<br />
science Engineering A 123 (1991), 1166 - 1169.<br />
[11] h. Jones, Materials science and Engineering 5 (1969/70) 1, 1 - 18.<br />
[12] M. H. jacobs, A. G. Doggett, M. j. stowell, journal of Materials<br />
science 9 (1974), 1631 - 1643.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 281-286
S. S. BockUS BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ... ISSn 0543-5846<br />
METABk 45 (4) 287-290 (2006)<br />
Udc - Udk 621.74.047=111<br />
A study of the microstructure And<br />
mechAnicAl properties of continuously cAst iron products<br />
S. Bockus, kaunas University of Technology, kaunas, Lithuania<br />
Received - primljeno: 2005-07-10<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-02-15<br />
Original Scientific Paper - Izvorni znanstveni rad<br />
The horizontal continuous casting has a lot of advantages in comparison with traditional casting methods.<br />
But it has a few disadvantages and unsolved problems. The objective of this research was the experimental<br />
investigation of the effect of chemical composition of cast iron and the casting conditions on the microstructure<br />
and properties of continuously cast ingots. As a result, tensile strength, Brinell hardness, and pearlite content<br />
increased with increasing Cr, Cu, and Sb additions and decreasing carbon equivalent. As for microstructure of<br />
graphite, higher silicon to carbon ratio and lower solidification rate decreased a zone of interdendritic graphite.<br />
Nomograph of continuously cast iron structure was made.<br />
Key words: continuous casting, cast iron, mechanical properties, microstructure<br />
Studij mikrostrukture i mehaničkih svojstava kontinuirano lijevanih željeznih proizvoda. Horizontalno<br />
kontinuirano lijevanje ima brojne prednosti u usporedbi s tradicionalnim načinima lijevanja. Ali ono ima i nekoliko<br />
nedostataka i neriješenih problema. Cilj ovog istraživanja je bio ekspereminentalno utvrđivanje ujecaja<br />
kemijskog sastava lijevanog željeza i uvjeta lijevanja na mikrostrukturu i svojstva kontinuirano lijevanih ingota.<br />
Kao rezultat istraživanja utvrđeno je da vlačna čvrstoća, tvrdoća (HB) i sadržaj perlita rastu s porastom dodatka<br />
Cr, Cu i Sb, te smanjenjem ekvivalenta ugljika. S obzirom na mikrostrukturu grafita, viši odnos silicija i ugljika,<br />
te niža brzina skrućivanja smanjuju zonu interdendritnog grafita. Izrađenje i strukturni nomogram kontinuirano<br />
lijevanog željeza.<br />
Ključne riječi: kontinuirano lijevanje, lijevano željezo, mehanička svojstva, mikrostruktura<br />
introduction<br />
The rapid progress of technology requires improve the<br />
mechanical and operational properties of the main casting<br />
alloy - cast iron. In this respect continuous casting iron is in<br />
exceptional position by its properties [1]. continuous casting<br />
has its peculiarities, which, first of all predetermine grey<br />
cast iron microstructure and properties [2]. It is well known<br />
that the quality and properties of cast products are strongly<br />
related to the microstructure developed during solidification.<br />
This especially can be seen in the cross-sections of the cast<br />
iron ingots, where anomalous, intermediate and normal<br />
structural zones can be obtained. This is the result of specific<br />
ingot cooling and solidification conditions [3, 4]. Therefore,<br />
it is important to investigate the effect of the cooling rate<br />
on the microstructure of metal in order to regulate properties<br />
of ingots. Investigations of the continuously cast iron<br />
microstructure are important, because, by change of casting<br />
parameters it is possible to obtain necessary ingots properties<br />
in these parts of cross-section, where damaging effect of<br />
operational factors is most strong. It is well known that the<br />
quality and properties of cast products are strongly related<br />
to the chemical composition of cast iron too. however,<br />
only limited information is available in the literature about<br />
the effect of chemical composition on continuously cast<br />
iron ingots properties. consequently, the aim of the present<br />
paper was to investigate the effects of the solidification rate<br />
and various chemical elements on the microstructure and<br />
mechanical properties of continuously cast products.<br />
experimentAl procedures<br />
cast iron was melted in the standard line frequency<br />
induction furnace of capacity the 10 t. The iron charge contained<br />
steel scrap, cast iron returns, ferrosilicon (feSi75),<br />
ferromanganese (feMn75), ferrochrome (fecr65), pure<br />
copper and antimony. The average chemical composition<br />
of cast irons aimed at 3,4 - 3,6 % c, 2,0 - 2,1 % Si, 0,4<br />
- 0,5 % Mn, 0,15 - 0,6 % cr, 0,03 - 0,04 % S and 0,08 -<br />
0,09 % p. The industrial continuous casting machine was<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290 287
S. BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ...<br />
used. The capacity of the not heated metal receiver of<br />
the machine was 2 tons. The cylindrical and rectangular<br />
specimens were cast by continuous casting.<br />
Effect of chemical composition on continuous casting<br />
ingots initial microstructure was investigated on various<br />
composition cast iron (eutectic Se = 0,8 - 1,0, ratio of<br />
silicon to carbon Si/c = 0,5 - 0,9).<br />
A microstructural analysis was made by optical microscopy.<br />
The graphite flake type, form, and size were defined<br />
by procedure described in the European Standard “cast<br />
iron - designation of microstructure of graphite” (En ISo<br />
945-1994). The procedure of quantitative metalography was<br />
carried out in accordance with Russian Standard “Iron castings<br />
with different form of graphite. Evaluation of structure“<br />
(GoST 3443-87). The microstructures observed were identified<br />
from the corresponding reference diagrams included<br />
in this standard. The tensile test was been determined on<br />
the machined test pieces prepared from samples cut from<br />
the continuously cast ingots in accordance with En 1561.<br />
The test piece diameter was 16 mm. The hardness was been<br />
determined as Brinell hardness from the samples cut from<br />
a casting, according to standard En 10003-1.<br />
results And discussion<br />
Investigation of the microstructure of the continuously<br />
cast 100 × 50 mm cross-section ingots showed that there<br />
was point graphite in surface of the ingots edges. It was<br />
situated in between dendrites. At about 10 mm distance<br />
from the surface the point graphite became substantially<br />
bigger but it was located among dendrites yet. Additionally,<br />
dendrites arms were substantially bigger than they<br />
were in the ingots surface. In 20 mm thickness layer from<br />
the surface almost all graphite was flaky. In the more<br />
deeply located layers the flakes fattened.<br />
There was only 6 percent of a pearlite in the ingots surface<br />
layer. Such little amount of pearlite results from cooling<br />
rate. high cooling rate raises the number of nucleation sites<br />
and reduces the coagulative and coalescentive processes.<br />
As a result, it reduces the carbon diffusion path during the<br />
eutectoid transformation and increases the amount of ferrite<br />
in the structure. on the other hand, there is not time enough<br />
for the growing of the nucleuses to take place, and finally<br />
there are many point graphite in the cast iron structure.<br />
The effect of these two factors on continuously cast<br />
ingots was investigated on various composition cast iron<br />
(eutectic Se = 0,8 - 1,0; ratio of silicon to carbon Si/c =<br />
0,5 - 0,9). Results of the tests are generalized in the structural<br />
nomograph shown in the figure 1. The difference of<br />
presented nomograph from analogical nomographs is that<br />
zone with interdendritic graphite is included and the critical<br />
values of solidification rates are fixed; when approaching<br />
to these values, graphite formation way becomes different.<br />
Investigation of the effect of ratio Si/c on cast iron micro-<br />
288<br />
structure showed that, when Si/c = 0,5 - 0,6 one form of the<br />
graphite transforms to another in the narrow solidification<br />
rate interval. In the cast irons with ratio Si/c = 0,7 - 0,9 interdendritic<br />
graphite forms up at higher solidification rates.<br />
Thus, for continuous casting the cast iron with higher silicon<br />
to carbon ratio should be used for two reasons: to decrease<br />
occurrence of hard spots in a cast iron and to decrease<br />
zone of interdendritic graphite. Besides, grey cast iron with<br />
higher silicon to carbon ratio and lower degree of eutectic<br />
is stronger and resistant to cracking.<br />
The effect of carbon equivalent (cE) on the tensile<br />
strength in the 50 × 50 mm cross-section billet is given<br />
in figure 2. As this figure shows, the tensile strength<br />
decrease significantly with an increase in CE, as a result<br />
of increase in ferrite content.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290
S. BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ...<br />
Well known pearlitization improving elements such<br />
like chrome, tin, manganese, and copper not only help to<br />
form up pearlitic structure, but also make it fine. Figure 3.<br />
shows the influence of manganese on the pearlite content<br />
in the continuously cast billet.<br />
Inoculation with manganese increases the hardness of<br />
billets, too. The hardness increases up to 180 - 207 hB in<br />
the central section of a casting (figure 4.). The increase<br />
of hardness is explained by a sudden decrease of ferrite<br />
content in the structure. When Mn > 1,0 percent, the in-<br />
crease of hardness relates to pearlite, becoming more and<br />
more fine, and to the increase of tied carbon content. This<br />
is proved by the decrease of graphite content in the entire<br />
cross-section. White structure, appearing due to greater<br />
manganese content in castings, is avoided successfully<br />
by a graphitizing inoculation.<br />
Investigating the effect of inoculation with chromium<br />
on the microstructure in the central section of 50 × 50 mm<br />
cross-section billet, it was found that inoculation with chromium<br />
decreases ferrite content a little. When chromium content<br />
in a metal increases from 0,15 to 0,25 percent, pearlite<br />
content in the central section of a billet increases from 87<br />
to 96 percent, and in some specimens even to 100 percent.<br />
pearlite content in the surface layer of billets increased almost<br />
twice - from 22 to 40 percent (figure 5.). chromium<br />
had no effect on the size of graphite insertions.<br />
After addition of copper to cast iron, the size of graphite<br />
inclusions increases, pearlite dispersion increases, and<br />
ferrite content in all zones of a casting decreases. cast iron<br />
with 0,7 % cu has 10 percent of ferrite in the surface layer,<br />
and not more than 3 percent in the central section. When the<br />
concentration of copper in cast iron is greater than 1 percent,<br />
ferrite disappears in the central section completely, and it<br />
does not exceed 3 percent in the surface layer. The hardness<br />
increases quickly (about 30 units) when cu content is<br />
about 1 percent. Tensile strength changes correspondingly.<br />
The increase of the values of mechanical properties can be<br />
explained by the increase of pearlite content, as well by the<br />
appearing surplus phase, rich in cu.<br />
The effect of chromium content on the mechanical<br />
properties of continuously cast billets is given in figures<br />
6. and 7.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290 289
S. BockUS: A STUdy of ThE MIcRoSTRUcTURE And MEchAnIcAL pRopERTIES of ...<br />
Antimony helps to form pearlite in cast iron [5]. It is not<br />
expensive, and it is well absorbed by cast iron. Antimony<br />
stops the growth of graphite and austenite crystals, that’s<br />
why crystallizing phases become more dispersed, and<br />
properties of a solidified casting become more even in the<br />
cross-section of the casting. Inoculation with antimony increases<br />
the hardness from 160 - 170 to 180 - 190 hB in the<br />
surface layer of a casting, and from 175 - 185 to 210 - 230<br />
hB in the central section. When antimony content grows in<br />
cast iron, the hardness of a casting increases, more pearlite<br />
appear in cast iron but tensile strength increases only to a<br />
certain limit, which depends on chemical composition of<br />
cast iron and which equals approximately to 0,1 percent,<br />
and then it starts to decrease. When inoculation is made<br />
only with antimony, graphitization of cast iron decreases<br />
a little, therefore, it is better to apply a combined inoculation,<br />
i.e. antimony with a graphitizing one.<br />
290<br />
conclusions<br />
on the basis of presented experimental results and their<br />
discussion, the following conclusions can be drawn:<br />
1. The zone of interdendritic graphite can be decreased<br />
with increasing silicon to carbon ratio and decreasing<br />
solidification rate.<br />
2. Tensile strength and Brinell hardness of continuously<br />
cast ingots increased with increasing Mn, cr, cu, and Sb<br />
additions and decreasing carbon equivalent. however,<br />
Sb increased tensile strength only to a certain limit,<br />
which equals approximately to 0,1 percent, and then<br />
Sb started to decrease it.<br />
3. The microstructural analyses showed that Mn, cr, cu,<br />
and Sb additions increased pearlite content. All these<br />
elements had stronger effect in the surface layers than<br />
in central sections. Antimony helped to unify the microstructure<br />
in the cross-section of the castings. on the<br />
other hand, pearlite content in the structure decreased<br />
with increasing carbon equivalent.<br />
references<br />
[1] L. haenny, G.Zambelli, Engineering fracture Mechanics 19 (1988)<br />
1, 113 - 121.<br />
[2] c. cicutti, R. Boeri, Scripta Materialia 45 (2001), 1455 - 1460.<br />
[3] S. k. das, Bull. Mater. Sci. 24 (2001) 4, 373 - 378.<br />
[4] A. M. Bodiako, E. I. Marukovich, E. B. Ten, choi kiyoung, proceedings,<br />
65th World foundry congress. Gyeongju, korea, 2002,<br />
p. 157 - 166.<br />
[5] S. V. kartoškin, Ju. p. kremnev, L. Ja. kozlov, proceedings, 5th<br />
congress of the Russian founders. Radunica publishers, Moscow,<br />
2001, p. 242-244.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 287-290
K. K. JELŠOVSKÁ, JELŠOVSKÁ B. et PANDULA al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS ISSN 0543-5846 FOR ...<br />
METABK 45 (4) 291-297 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDK 537.6:548.562:620.179.14=111<br />
NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE<br />
SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR PROTON<br />
PAIRS IN POWDERED PARAMAGNETIC SUBSTANCES MnSO 4 ·H 2 O AND NiSO 4 ·H 2 O<br />
K. Jelšovská, Faculty of Electrical Engineering and Informatics Technical<br />
University of Košice, Košice, Slovakia, B. Pandula, BERG Faculty<br />
Technical University of Košice, Košice, Slovakia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-01-25<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-03-25<br />
Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />
The NMR spectrum is determined by interaction of resonating nuclei between the particles of the substance.<br />
These interactions depend on the spatial arrangement of the particles and their motion. Parameters characterizing<br />
interactions between the paramagnetic ions Me 2+ (Me = Mn and Ni) and the protons of crystalline water<br />
in powdered MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O were derived from the temperature dependences on the second<br />
moment of the NMR spectra. The parameters characterizing the local magnetic field acting on the proton pairs<br />
were calculated and compared with those obtaind from the analysis of the shape of the NMR spectrum.<br />
Key words: nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), magnetic substances, hydrates<br />
Funkcija spektra magnetne rezonancije jezgre i momenata za parove u praškastim paramagnetnim<br />
tvarima MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O i NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O. MRJ spektar je određen interakcijom rezonantnih jezgri između čestica<br />
materije. Te interakcije ovise o prostornom rasporedu čestica i njihovog kretanja. Parametri koji karakteriziraju<br />
interakcije između paramagnetnih iona Me 2+ (Me = Mn i Ni) i protona kristalne vode u praškastim MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O<br />
i NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O su izvedene iz ovisnosti tempreture o drugom momentu MRJ spektra. Parametri koji obilježavaju<br />
lokalno magnetno polje koje djeluje na parove protona su izračunati i uspoređeni s onima koji su dobiveni iz<br />
analize oblika MRJ spektra.<br />
Ključne riječi: magnetna rezonancija jezgre (MRJ), magnetne tvari, hidrati<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
The influence of paramagnetic ions on the shape and<br />
the second moment of the proton NMR line and some<br />
problems associated with the NMR study line shape and<br />
with the local magnetic field calculations in paramagnetic<br />
substances were studied in papers [1 - 6].<br />
In this paper we analyse the dependences of the NMR<br />
second moment M 2 on temperature. Beside the second moment<br />
M 20 which corresponds to the nuclear dipole-dipole<br />
interactions, the Curie-Weiss constant θ and the magnetic<br />
moment µ i of paramagnetic ions may be determined from<br />
the temperature dependences. The two parameters θ and<br />
M 20 may be determined directly from experimental data.<br />
However, some knowledge on crystralline structures<br />
for studied substances required for calculation of the<br />
magnetic moment µ i . The parameters characterizing the<br />
local magnetic field acting on the resonating nuclei may<br />
be calculated on the basis of the structural data. We have<br />
calculated these parameters according to a simplified<br />
structural model in which only two paramagnetic ions Me 2+<br />
(Me = Mn, Ni) are allowed to interact with the proton pair<br />
of crystalline water. The spectral function was calculated<br />
for MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O and the parameters<br />
characterizing the local magnetic field were evaluated<br />
from experimental spectrum.<br />
THEORETICAL PART<br />
In examining the NMR phenomenon the 1 H - 1 H nuclei<br />
are in a magnetic field with induction [1 - 4, 9]:<br />
( i) ( n)<br />
r d d<br />
B = B + B + B<br />
where:<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 291<br />
(1)<br />
B r - the induction of the external magnetic field, B r =<br />
2π·f r /γ, f r = 14,1 MHz or 30,0 Mz (in this case) is<br />
the resonance frequency, and γ is the gyromagnetic<br />
constant of the 1 H nuclei;
K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />
( i)<br />
d<br />
B - the induction of the magnetic field formed by the<br />
paramagnetic ions Me2+ (Me = Mn, Ni), including<br />
demagnetising effects which operate in these substances;<br />
( n)<br />
B d - the induction of the magnetic field in the area of a<br />
single nuclei formed by another nucleus of the quasiisolated<br />
pair H-H.<br />
The inductions B d and B d can be expressed according<br />
to papers [1, 3] in the form:<br />
292<br />
( i)<br />
( n)<br />
( )<br />
( ) (<br />
2<br />
i µ 0 ⋅µ<br />
i Br<br />
2 2<br />
Bd = A1 cos ϑ + A2<br />
sin ϑcos2 ϕ<br />
4π ⋅3k T −θ<br />
and<br />
B<br />
( n) 0 p<br />
d<br />
3<br />
2 4π<br />
rp<br />
where:<br />
+ B sin ϑsin 2ϕ + B sin 2ϑsin ϕ<br />
3<br />
2<br />
1 2<br />
+ B3 sin 2ϑ cosϕ<br />
+ C<br />
2 ⎟⎠<br />
(2)<br />
3 µ µ<br />
= ± −<br />
2 ( 3cos ϑ 1 ) ,<br />
⎞<br />
⎟<br />
(3)<br />
µ 0 - the permeability of vacuum,<br />
µ i - the magnetic moment of paramagnetic ions,<br />
k - Boltzmann’s constant,<br />
T - the temperature,<br />
θ - Curie-Weiss constant,<br />
µ p - the proton’s magnetic moment,<br />
r p - the proton - proton distance in the crystalline water.<br />
The angles ϕ and ϑ characterize the orientation of<br />
external magnetic field r B in the reference frame used.<br />
The parameters A , A , B , B , B and C depend on the<br />
1 2 1 2 3<br />
configuration of paramagnetic ions and resonating nuclei<br />
and are expressed as [1, 3]:<br />
A = 3∑ r P cos β ,<br />
1<br />
−3<br />
l 2 l<br />
l<br />
1<br />
A = ∑ r P cos β cos2 α ,<br />
−3<br />
2<br />
2<br />
2 l<br />
l 2 l l<br />
1<br />
B = ∑ r P cos β sin 2 α ,<br />
−3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
2 l<br />
l 2 l l<br />
1<br />
B = ∑ r P cos β sin α ,<br />
−3<br />
l<br />
2<br />
2 l<br />
l 2 l l<br />
1<br />
B = ∑ r P cos β cos α ,<br />
−3<br />
l<br />
3<br />
2 l<br />
l 2 l l<br />
1<br />
C = − A1,<br />
3<br />
(4)<br />
where:<br />
rl <br />
- the vector joining the reference nucleus with the l<br />
- th paramagnetic ion,<br />
<br />
α , β - the angles characterizing the orientation of r l l l and<br />
m<br />
P are Legendre polynomials.<br />
2<br />
According to equations (2) and (3) the local magne-<br />
( i) ( n)<br />
tic field Bloc = Bd + Bd<br />
may be thought as a quadratic<br />
form relative to the components of the unit vector<br />
<br />
er ( sin ϑcos ϕ,sin ϑsin ϕ,cos ϑ)<br />
parallel to Br. This quadratic<br />
form may be diagonalized and the roots of the secular<br />
equation determine the invariant parameters of the local<br />
magnetic field (denoted as B x ,<br />
+ B y ,<br />
+ B z ,<br />
+ Bx ,<br />
− By ,<br />
− z<br />
B− ), through<br />
which the spatial function may be expressed [1].<br />
According to [1, 3] the second moment of NMR spectrum<br />
may be expressed in the form:<br />
M<br />
2<br />
ABr<br />
=<br />
( T − θ)<br />
2 2 ,<br />
where<br />
2 4<br />
0 ⎟ i<br />
⎟ 2<br />
(5)<br />
⎛ µ ⎞ µ 4 2 2 2 2 2<br />
A = ⎜<br />
⎡A1 3 ( A2 B1 B2 B3<br />
) ⎤<br />
⎜ ⋅ ⋅ + + + + .<br />
⎜⎝ 4π ⎟⎠<br />
9k 45 ⎢⎣ ⎥⎦<br />
(6)<br />
The equation (5) expresses the temperature and the<br />
field dependence of the second moment in paramagnetic.<br />
For isolated proton pairs the second moment M 20 may be<br />
expressed in the form [1, 4]:<br />
M<br />
0 p<br />
20 3<br />
5 4πrp<br />
2<br />
9 ⎛µ µ ⎞<br />
⎟<br />
=<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎜ ⎟ .<br />
⎜⎝ ⎠ ⎟<br />
(7)<br />
For the spectral function f 0 (x) of the isolated pairs of<br />
the nuclei, we used the following form [1, 3, 7]:<br />
+ −<br />
F0 ( x) = f0 ( x) + f0 ( x) , x = B− Br<br />
(8)<br />
for (ε) = + or –<br />
ε ε<br />
⎧⎪ 0,<br />
Bz < x <<br />
Bx<br />
⎪ K( k)<br />
( ε) ( ε)<br />
⎪<br />
, Bx < x < By<br />
,<br />
⎪ ( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />
⎪ ( B ) ( )<br />
( )<br />
z − x By − B<br />
ε<br />
x<br />
f0 ( x)<br />
= ⎪<br />
⎨ (9)<br />
⎪ ⎛1 ⎞<br />
⎪ K ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎪ ⎜ ⎟<br />
⎪ ⎜⎝ k ⎟<br />
( ε) ( ε<br />
⎪<br />
⎠<br />
)<br />
⎪<br />
, By < x < Bz<br />
,<br />
⎪ ( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />
⎪ ( x− Bx ) ( Bz − By<br />
)<br />
⎪⎩<br />
where:<br />
( ) ( ) ,<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297
K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />
k =<br />
and<br />
( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />
( x− Bx ) ( Bz − By<br />
)<br />
( ε) ( ε) ( ε)<br />
( Bz − x) ( By − Bx<br />
)<br />
K( k)<br />
=<br />
∫<br />
dα<br />
.<br />
2<br />
1−k sin α<br />
(10)<br />
In the above equations B x ,<br />
+ B y ,<br />
+ B z ,<br />
+ Bx ,<br />
− By ,<br />
− z<br />
B− are<br />
the components of the local field fulfilling the relationship<br />
[1 - 6]:<br />
∑<br />
k<br />
( ) 2<br />
k k<br />
ε<br />
B e = 0.<br />
The magnetic interaction between different pairs of the<br />
nuclei was taken into account by means of convolution of<br />
the spectral function for isolated pairs with the normalized<br />
Gaussian function. Taking into account the fact that the<br />
experimental NMR spectra was recorded in the form of<br />
derivation of the absorption spectra, the modelling function<br />
of the spectrum for crystalline water was selected in the<br />
derivation form [1 - 6]:<br />
F′ ( x) = F0 ( x) S′ ∫ ( ξ − x) d ξ,<br />
x ∈ .<br />
(11)<br />
S′ ( ξ − x)<br />
is the derivation form of the Gaussian function:<br />
( ) 2<br />
ξ−x<br />
−<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2βG<br />
S( ξ − x)<br />
= ⋅e<br />
.<br />
2πβ<br />
G<br />
(12)<br />
The spectral function F′ ( x)<br />
may be calculated numerically<br />
[7]. The moments M of the spectral function<br />
n<br />
F′ ( x)<br />
by equation (11) may be expressed analytically in<br />
the form [3]:<br />
( 0) ( 0) 2<br />
( 0)<br />
1 = 1 2 = 2 + βG<br />
3 = 3<br />
M M , M M , M M ,<br />
( 0) ( 0) 2 4<br />
4 = 4 + 2 G + G<br />
M M 6M β 3 β .<br />
where:<br />
( 0)<br />
n<br />
M - the corresponding moments for isolated pairs,<br />
- the parameter of the Gaussian function.<br />
β G<br />
EXPERIMENTAL PART<br />
(13)<br />
Broad - line NMR measurements were performed on<br />
powdered samples of MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O press-<br />
ed to a cylindrical form in diameter 8 mm and about 20 mm<br />
in height. The temperature dependences were measured at<br />
two frequencies: f r = 14,1 MHz (0,331 T) and f 30,0<br />
1<br />
r =<br />
2<br />
MHz (0,705 T) in the temperature range from 123 K to 313<br />
K. Measurements at frequency 30,0 MHz were done at the<br />
Institute of Physics, A. Mickiewicz University in Poznan.<br />
The experimental conditions and the method of calculation<br />
of moments of the NMR spectra were the same as those<br />
described in our previous papers [1 - 6].<br />
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION<br />
The proton NMR spectra of substances MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O<br />
and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O have an asymmetric form caused by the<br />
anisotropy of he local magnetic field acting on resonating<br />
nuclei. The central part of the spectra is somewhat distorted<br />
by a narrow signal which corresponds to the free water<br />
present in the sample as moisture. The spectra measured at<br />
room temperature and at different frequencies are similar to<br />
each other, but they differ in their widths. The higher is the<br />
frequency, the greater is the width of the spectrum.<br />
The temperature dependences of the second moment<br />
M 2 are shown in Figure 1. Besides the individual<br />
dependences M (T) measured at f 2 r or f<br />
1 r is convenient<br />
2<br />
to analyse the temperature depenence of the difference<br />
∆ M = M B − M B The dependence of ∆M on<br />
2<br />
( r ) ( r )<br />
2 2 2 2 .<br />
1<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 293
K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />
T may be linearized and the parameters A and θ can be<br />
easily determined. According to equation (5) the following<br />
relation holds:<br />
[ ∆ M ] 2 =<br />
294<br />
1<br />
− T −<br />
2<br />
θ<br />
2 2 ( r − r )<br />
A B B<br />
2 1<br />
.<br />
(14)<br />
The dependence of [ ] 1<br />
M 2<br />
2<br />
−<br />
∆ on temperature is also<br />
shown in Figure 1.<br />
As expected, this dependence is linear and the straight<br />
line drawn through the experimental points is expressed<br />
by equation (14) with the following values of Curie-Weiss<br />
parameters θ and A for NiSO ·1H O: θ = –13 K and A =<br />
4 2<br />
2,026×10 –2K2 . For MnSO ·1H O parameters determined<br />
4 2<br />
by the least squares are: parameter θ = –9,9 K and A =<br />
10,54×10 –2K2 . As the parameters θ and A are known, the<br />
second moment M may be evaluated by means of equation<br />
20<br />
(5). It was done by extraction of the term ( ) 2<br />
2<br />
A⋅ Br T − θ from<br />
the experimental values of M at each measured temperature.<br />
2<br />
By means of this procedure we have obtained the value<br />
of M = (19,50 ± 0,95)×10 20 –8T2 for NiSO ·1H O and for<br />
4 2<br />
MnSO ·1H O is M = (21,30 ± 1,2)×10 4 2 20 –8T 2 .<br />
A negative value of the temperature parameter θ shows<br />
that NiSO ·1H O and MnSO ·1H O should be antiferro-<br />
4 2 4 2<br />
magnetic at the temperatures T < θ [9]. Measurements<br />
of the temperature dependences of the molar magnetic<br />
susceptibility in the temperature range from 5 K up to 300<br />
K (Charles University Prague, Dept. of Metal Physics)<br />
confirmed this conclusion.<br />
By means of NMR measurements<br />
(according to equation<br />
(6)) it is possible to determine<br />
the magnitude of the<br />
magnetic moment µ of para-<br />
i<br />
magnetic ions in a given substance,<br />
however, the structural<br />
parameters A and B have to<br />
i i<br />
be known. We have calculated<br />
them in the approximation<br />
in which the nearest enviroment<br />
of the crystalline water<br />
molecule is formed by two<br />
Me2+ (Me = Mn, Ni) ions. This<br />
configuration is shovn in Figure 2. and Figure 3.<br />
The individual hydrates from MeSO ·1H O group were<br />
4 2<br />
studied by X-ray method [7, 8]. All the hydrates of this group<br />
are isomorphous with the monoclinic unit cell. According<br />
to [7, 8] the Me2+ ions have octahedral surrounding formed<br />
by two atoms O and by four atoms of O which belong<br />
w S<br />
− 2<br />
to the different ionic complexes SO 4 . Each molecule of<br />
crystal water has tetrahedral surrounding formed by two<br />
Me 2+ ions and by two oxygen atoms O . Separation of the<br />
S<br />
individual particles and bond angles taken from papers [7,<br />
8] are: r Ow Ni = 0,206 nm, r OwMn = 0,225 nm, r OwH = 0,1 nm;<br />
ξ is the angle between Me – O – Me = 123° and η is the<br />
w<br />
angle H – O – H = 109,5° for our hydrates.<br />
1 w 2<br />
The local coordinate system O was chosen in such a<br />
xyz<br />
way that the origin O lies in the centre of joining the atoms<br />
H and H , the x axis runs through the point where the<br />
1 2<br />
oxygen atom O is placed and it lies in the plabe formed<br />
w<br />
by O , Me and Me ions. The structural parameters A , B w 1 2 i i<br />
and C were calculated from relation (4) using the structural<br />
data stated above. The final form of these parameters for<br />
MnSO ·1H O, are:<br />
4 2<br />
A 1 = – 2,17624·r –3 , A 2 = – 0,48730·r –3 ,<br />
B 1 = B 2 = 0, B 3 = – 1,10865·r –3<br />
and, for NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O, are:<br />
A 1 = – 2.05780·r –3 , A 2 = – 0,9601·r –3 ,<br />
B 1 = B 2 = 0, B 3 = – 1,19930·r –3 , (15)<br />
where r is the distance between the Me-ions and H-atoms<br />
(expressed in the units of 10 –10 m). All distances Me 1 – H 1,<br />
Me 1 – H 2 , Me 2 – H 1 and Me 2 – H 2 are the same, r = 0,265<br />
nm for Me = Mn and r = 0,253 nm for Me = Ni.<br />
The structural parameters given by relation (15) are<br />
expressed for hydrogen nucleus H 1 . The respective parameters<br />
for hydrogen nucleus H 2 are the same as those<br />
for H 1 but they differ from each other in the sign of the<br />
parameter B , i.e. B (H1 ) = –B (H2 ). However, the quantity<br />
3 3<br />
3<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297
K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />
( )<br />
2 2 2 2 2<br />
A1 + 3 A2 + B1 + B2 + B3<br />
standing in equation (6) has the<br />
same value for both protons H and H . Using the experi-<br />
1 2<br />
mental value for parameter A in equation (6) we have found<br />
that the magnetic moment µ of paramagnetic ion Mn i 2+ in<br />
MnSO ·1H O is 5,74 µ and Ni 4 2 B 2+ in NiSO ·1H O is 3,49 µ ,<br />
4 2 B<br />
where µ = 0,9273×10 B –23 J·K –1 is the Bohr’s magneton.<br />
Measurements of magnetic molar susceptibily for our<br />
hydrates in the temperature range 5 ≈ 300 K have shown<br />
that the NMR method gives valuable information about<br />
the magnetic properties of paramagnetic subsancies. From<br />
measurements of susceptibility we have found: magnetic<br />
moment µ of paramagnetic ion Mn i 2+ in MnSO ·1H O is<br />
4 2<br />
5,72 µ and in NiSO ·1H O is 3,31 µ , Curie-Weiss param-<br />
B 4 2 B<br />
eter θ: for MnSO ·1H O is θ = –21 K and for NiSO ·1H O<br />
4 2 4 2<br />
is θ = –18,5 K.<br />
According to equations (1-3) it is now possible to calculate<br />
the magnitude B of the local magnetic field acting<br />
loc<br />
on proton pair. B means in our case the component of the<br />
loc<br />
local magnetic field parallel to the external magnetic field<br />
B . By means of equation (2, 4) and (15) the magnitude of<br />
r<br />
B may be expressed as a quadratic form:<br />
loc<br />
( ) ( )<br />
( ) 2<br />
( ε)<br />
2 2<br />
loc = ′ 2 + ′ ε x + ′ ′ ε − 2 x<br />
B A C e C A e<br />
where:<br />
+ A′ + C′ e + 2B′<br />
e e<br />
1ε ε x 3 x z<br />
2 2<br />
µ 0 µ i Br µ 0 µ i Br<br />
A′ 1ε = A1 + ε3 δn,<br />
A′ 2 =<br />
A2<br />
,<br />
4π k( T −θ) 4π<br />
k( T −θ)<br />
2 2<br />
0 0<br />
3 3<br />
( ) ( )<br />
,<br />
µ µ i Br µ µ i Br<br />
B′ = B C′ ε = C −εδ<br />
4π k T −θ 4π<br />
k T −θ<br />
and<br />
3 µ µ 0 δn<br />
= .<br />
2 4π<br />
r<br />
p<br />
3<br />
p<br />
( n)<br />
,<br />
n<br />
(16)<br />
(17)<br />
The symbol ε stands for the two signs (±) in B d which<br />
results from the quantum mechanical solution [1, 3, 4].<br />
From the data stated above it is now possible to construct<br />
the theoretical maps of the local field B (ϑ, ϕ), for<br />
loc<br />
given temperature T and the magnitude of the external<br />
magnetic field B . Another way for determining the local<br />
r<br />
field is based on the analysis of the NMR line shape. The<br />
spectral function for isolated proton pairs in paramagnetics<br />
was derived in the works [3, 5]. To obtain this function<br />
the quadratic form (15) has to be transformed into the<br />
canonical form:<br />
( ) ( ) ( )<br />
( ) 2<br />
( )<br />
ε ε 2 ε ε 2<br />
loc = ′ x x + ′ ′<br />
y y + z z<br />
( ) ( )<br />
B B e B e B e<br />
,<br />
(18)<br />
where e′ x, e′ y, e′<br />
z are the components of the unit vector e′ ,<br />
<br />
characterizing the direction of the vector r B in the new coor-<br />
( ε) ( ε) ( ε )<br />
dinate system, and the principal components Bx , By , Bz<br />
are the roots of the secular equation:<br />
C′ + A′ −λ<br />
0<br />
B′<br />
2 3<br />
0 C′ − A′<br />
− λ 0 = 0.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 295<br />
ε<br />
ε<br />
2<br />
B′ 0 C′ + A′<br />
−λ<br />
3 ε 1ε<br />
(19)<br />
The spectral function F (x) = f (x) + f (x) where x<br />
0 + –<br />
= B – B , is completely determined by the sets of val-<br />
r<br />
( ε) ( ε) ( ε )<br />
ues Bx , By , Bz<br />
[3, 5]. Using the structural data on<br />
MeSO ·1H O stated previously, the equation (19) gives the<br />
4 2<br />
following values for B ε for NiSO ·1H O:<br />
4 2<br />
( ) ,<br />
i<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 7,62, B = 2,94, B = 4,68,<br />
x y z<br />
− − −<br />
B = 6,70, B = − 5,57, B = 12,27,<br />
x y z<br />
and, for MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O:<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 5,94, B = 0,25, B = 5,69,<br />
x y z<br />
− − −<br />
B = − 9,36, B = − 6,52, B = 15,92,<br />
x y z<br />
(20)<br />
(21)<br />
calculated for T = 293 K and B = 0,331·T. All values of<br />
r<br />
B ε are expressed in the units of 10 –4 T.<br />
( )<br />
i<br />
The spectral function F (x) calculated for these values<br />
0<br />
for NiSO ·1H O together with the experimental spectrum<br />
4 2<br />
recorded in the derivate form are shown in Figure 4.<br />
As we can see, the theoretical spectrum reflects quite<br />
( )<br />
well the features of the experimental one. The points Bie ε<br />
in the experimental spectrum (in Figure 4.) correspond to<br />
( )<br />
the respective values Bi ε of the calculated spectral function.<br />
( )<br />
The position of the points Bie ε on the x axis relative to the<br />
origin O are as follows:<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 8,4, B = 4,0, B = 5,8,<br />
xe ye ze<br />
− − −<br />
B = − 6,0, B = − 4,0, B = 11,4.<br />
xe ye ze<br />
( )<br />
They are different from the corresponding Bi ε stated<br />
above in (19). It can be shown that the sum of principal<br />
components of local field is always zero, i.e.:<br />
∑<br />
k,<br />
ε<br />
( )<br />
k<br />
B 0,<br />
ε<br />
=<br />
(22)<br />
if the components are related to the resonance field of<br />
the free protons, for which x = B – B r = 0. The origin O′<br />
on the x - axis for the theoretical spectrum was chosen in<br />
such a way.
K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />
The origin O on the x axis for the experimental spectrum<br />
may be chosen quite arbitrary if we have no possibility to<br />
measure external magnetic field during the experiment.<br />
Hence, the abscissa values x both spectra may be shifted<br />
relatively to each other as it is also in our case. To make these<br />
two axes equivalent, the centre of gravity for experimental<br />
spectra 0 ∗ has to be found.<br />
The position of the new origin 0 ∗ relative to the old<br />
one 0 is defined as:<br />
1 ( )<br />
x0 Bk .<br />
6 k<br />
ε<br />
∗<br />
= ∑ ε<br />
(23)<br />
296<br />
The quantity of x0 ∗ is identical with the first moment<br />
M of the experimental spectrum related to the origin 0. In<br />
1<br />
aur case x0 ∗ ( )<br />
calculated from the quantities Bie ε stated above<br />
0,467×10 –4 T and the new redefined quantities (<br />
denoted again as B ε are:<br />
( )<br />
i<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 8,86, B = 3,53, B = 5,33,<br />
x y z<br />
− − −<br />
B = − 6,47, B = − 4,47, B = 10,94.<br />
x y z<br />
All values of<br />
( )<br />
Bie ε – 0<br />
( )<br />
Bi ε are expressed in the units of 10 –4 T.<br />
x ∗ )<br />
(24)<br />
( )<br />
We may consider the set of values Bi ε in (23) as the<br />
experimental values of the principal components of local<br />
magnetic field as they are derived from the experimnental<br />
spectrum. The relative differences between the corresponding<br />
theoretical and experimental values of B ε are in the<br />
( )<br />
i<br />
range from 3 % (for x<br />
B− ) up to 24 % (for y<br />
B− ). The differ-<br />
ences between the theoretical and experimental values of<br />
( )<br />
Bi ε are not so significant as they seem to be at first sight<br />
if we take into account the used approximation.<br />
In the [6] it was shown that the proportion of the free<br />
bonded water in monohydrate MnSO ·1H O was approxi-<br />
4 2<br />
mately 9 % (as regards the number of H O molecules). This<br />
2<br />
is less than in the NiSO ·1H O. Monohydrate MnSO ·1H O<br />
4 2 4 2<br />
is not so sensitive than NiSO ·1H O on the free water, that<br />
4 2<br />
was recorded on the experimental NMR spectra. After the<br />
analysis of the components of the local magnetic field from<br />
experimental spectra, when x0 ∗ = 0,221×10 –4T,<br />
we have obtained<br />
these values of the components of the local fields:<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 5,71, B = 0,23, B = 5,70,<br />
x y z<br />
− − −<br />
B = − 9,51, B = − 6,42, B = 15,69,<br />
x y z<br />
all in the units 10 –4 T. The relative differences between the<br />
corresponding theoretical and experimental values of B ε<br />
( )<br />
i<br />
are in the range from 1,1 % (for z<br />
B− ) up to 15 % (for y<br />
B+ ).<br />
In our study we are calculated the components of the<br />
local magnetic field also from the measurements of the<br />
molar magnetic susceptibility. Using the structural data on<br />
NiSO ·1H O stated previously, the equations (16 - 19) gives<br />
4 2<br />
the following values for B ε at temperature T = 293 K:<br />
( )<br />
i<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 7,85, B = 3,2, B = 4,65,<br />
x y z<br />
− − −<br />
B = − 6,40, B = − 5,44, B = 11,88,<br />
x y z<br />
and, for MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O:<br />
+ + +<br />
B = − 6,02, B = 0,46, B = 5,55,<br />
x y z<br />
− − −<br />
B = − 9,36, B = − 6,51, B = 15,87.<br />
x y z<br />
All values of<br />
( )<br />
Bi ε are expressed in the units of 10 –4 T.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297
K. JELŠOVSKÁ et al.: NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRAL FUNCTION AND MOMENTS FOR ...<br />
The final modelling spectrum (by the equations (11,12))<br />
of the monohydrate NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O with the parameters obtained<br />
from NMR measurements and from measurements of<br />
the molar magnetic susceptibility is shown at the Figure 5.<br />
The parameter β in the equation (11) was done by extrac-<br />
G<br />
( 0)<br />
tion of the term M = M and M =<br />
2exp 2 2teor 2 . M In our case:<br />
β = 1,6×10 G –4 ·T.<br />
The comparison of the experimental spectra with the<br />
modelling spectra showed the shift of the central part of<br />
experimental NMR spectra distorted by a narrow signal<br />
corresponds to the free water present in the sample as<br />
moisture.<br />
Figure 6. shows the experimental and modelling theoretical<br />
NMR spectrum for the substance MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O<br />
which is obtained by optimalisation [6].<br />
The best-fit parameter in equation (12) is β G =<br />
1,81×10 –4 ·T.<br />
CONCLUSION<br />
The analysis of the field and temperature dependence on<br />
the NMR second moment for proton of crystalline water in<br />
paramagnetic MnSO 4 ·1H 2 O and NiSO 4 ·1H 2 O give results<br />
which are in a good agreement with the theory. Several<br />
physically important parameters characterizing the studied<br />
paramagnetic substances may be derived from NMR spectra.<br />
Quasi isolated pairs of resonating nuclei should prove<br />
to be sensitive probes for detection of the local magnetic<br />
fields acting on them.<br />
The NMR calculated spectral function, although in the<br />
scope of approximative model of the structure and interactions,<br />
can serve as a key for identification of the local<br />
field components in the experimental NMR spectra. More<br />
accurate determination of the parameters of the spectrum<br />
thus enables a more correct physical interpretation of the<br />
processes in the substance.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] J. Murín, Czech. J. Phys. B 36 (1986), 740 - 750.<br />
[2] J. Murín, Czech. J. Phys. B 36 (1986), 551 - 554.<br />
[3] K. Jelšovská, J. Murín, Czech. J. Phys. B 39 (1989), 1161 - 1170.<br />
[4] K. Jelšovská, J. Murín, B. Pandula: Data and Results Management<br />
in Seismology and Engineering Geophysics, Regional conference<br />
with international participation, Ostrava 1 (2000), 31 - 35.<br />
[5] K. Jelšovská, E. Boldižárová, Acta Montanistica Slovaca Košice<br />
3 (2000) 7, 301 - 305.<br />
[6] V. Hronský, J. Murín, K. Jelšovská, Transactions of TU Košice 5<br />
(1995) 2, 145 - 149.<br />
[7] Y. Le Fuf, J. Coing - Boyat, G. Bassi, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris C 262<br />
(1966), 532 - 540.<br />
[8] H. R. Oswald, Helv. Chim. Acta 48 (1965) 590 - 600 I, 600 - 615<br />
II.<br />
[9] Ch. Kittel: Introduction to Solid State Physics (in slovak),<br />
Academia, Praha 1985, Chap.15 and 16.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 291-297 297
The journal Metalurgija publishes papers in the field of<br />
metallurgy and related fields (physics, chemistry, chemical engineering,<br />
mechanical engineering, environmental protection etc) if they<br />
are interesting from the view of metallurgy.<br />
The paper should be written and prepared in accordance with<br />
the following instructions:<br />
- the paper must be unpublished and properly prepared for printing,<br />
- papers will be printed in Latin letters, in the Croatian (=163.42),<br />
English (=111) or German (=112.2) language. The papers<br />
should be prepared using the proper standard language,<br />
- the papers should be computer written on one side of the page A4<br />
only (30 to 32 lines per page with approximately 60 characters<br />
per line). The text should be written in MS Word with letters<br />
Times New Roman, characters’ size 12. The papers should be<br />
limited to 10 typewritten pages (or about 18 000 characters);<br />
illustrations are included (figures and tables). This will amount<br />
max. 4 typewritten pages in Metalurgija and the authors are strictly<br />
obliged to make allowance for this. Only by way of exception<br />
editorial board may accept slightly more extensive manuscripts,<br />
- papers should be written in 3 rd person, according to the legal<br />
standards and INDOK-regulations. Authors are obliged to write<br />
metrological correctly, using appropriate terminology. The<br />
application of SI-units is obligatory. For all applied physical<br />
characteristics and factors it is necessary to enclose their list<br />
containing names and coherent SI-units,<br />
- diagrams must be prepared using appropriable program package<br />
e.g. Corel Draw. The size of the symbols should be selected so<br />
that after the expected reduction of the figure (on 8 cm) each of<br />
the capital letters is 2 mm high. Diagrams and tables, as well<br />
as figure and table captions in Croatian and English (German)<br />
language, should be submitted on their own pages and separated<br />
from other text,<br />
- symbols of physical values should be written in capital and small<br />
italics and numerical values in normal letters,<br />
- the title and abstract (max. 110 words) and key words (max.<br />
5 words) should be separately enclosed in Croatian and<br />
English (German) language and UDC. For the manuscripts<br />
of non-Croatian origin, Editorial Board will provide translation<br />
of titles, abstracts, key words and figures and tables captions,<br />
- references should be numerated according to the sequence<br />
of appearance in the paper and the number of each reference<br />
inserted into the text in appropriate position using square<br />
brackets. It should be cited according to the following recommendations:<br />
- book: first name initials and the last name of all authors,<br />
book title, publisher, place and year of publication, page<br />
from-to indicated with “pp.“. Example: F. Habashi, A<br />
Textbook of Hydrometallurgy, Metallurgie Extractive<br />
Quebec, Quebec, 1993, pp. 341-367 and 412,<br />
- the article in journal: the authors’ first name initials and<br />
the last name, journal title, volume (bold type), year of<br />
publication (in parenthesis) number of the journal (unnecessary<br />
in case of continuous pagination), pages from-to.<br />
Example: G.G. Schlomchak, I. Mamuzić, F. Vodopivec,<br />
Materials Science and Technology, 11 (1955) 3, 312-316,<br />
- the article in a book, encyclopaedia, lexicon: author’s first<br />
name initials and his last name, the title of the paper, the title<br />
of the book, editor’s first name initials (with the indication<br />
“ed.” in parenthesis, volume with mark “vol”, publisher,<br />
place of publication, year of publication, pages from-to<br />
with the indication of “pp.” Examples: Du. Maljković, Da.<br />
Maljković, A. Paulin, Extraction of Chlorometallic Acids<br />
with Mixed Soilvents Ether - Alchohol in Solvent Extraction<br />
INSTRUCTIONS TO THE AUTHORS<br />
In order to farther enhance the scientific level of the journal Metalurgija and to improve its appearance, former “The<br />
instructions to the authors” have been supplemented and the authors are kindly asked to prepare their manuscripts according<br />
to the new instructions.<br />
in the Process Industry, D. H. Longsdail, M. J. Slater (ed.),<br />
vol. 3, Elsevier Applied Science, London, 1993, pp. 1361-<br />
1368, or P. Matković Hard Metals in Tehnička enciklopedija<br />
(D. Štefanović, ed.), vol. 13, Lekisikografski zavod “Miroslav<br />
Krleža”, Zagreb, 1997, pp. 278-282,<br />
- an article in proceedings of symposium papers: author’s<br />
first name initials and his last name in the title of proceedings<br />
(includes the title of proceedings and/or name of symposium<br />
with indication “Proceedings” and place and year<br />
of holding if others than place and year of the publication<br />
of proceedings), editor’s first name initials and his last<br />
name if indicated with indication “ed.” in parenthesis,<br />
publisher, place of the publication, year of publication,<br />
pages from-to with indication “pp.”. Examples: F. Unkić in<br />
Zbornik, 34. livarsko posvetovanje s sodelovanjem držav<br />
heksago-nale, Društvo livarjev Slovenije, Portorož, 1993,<br />
pp. 213-223, or G. M. Rotcey, Proceedings, International<br />
Solvent Extraction Conference, Barcelona, 1999, M. Cox,<br />
M. Hidalgo, M. Valiente (ed.), vol. 1, Soc. Chem. Ind.,<br />
London, 2001, pp. 519-523,<br />
- patent: author’s first name initials or name of the legal<br />
person of patentee, name of patent, patent country with<br />
patent number or patent registration, date in parenthesis.<br />
Example: V. Logomerac, PELOFOS, Italian patent No.<br />
764917 (15.05.1967.)<br />
References are cited in the language in which they have<br />
been published. References published in letters other than<br />
Latin will be transferred in Latin letters in accordance with<br />
commonplace regulations.<br />
Journal Metalurgija classifies the papers into following groups:<br />
- Original scientific paper, in which the results of research work<br />
are presented in such a way that it enables their repeating or<br />
submitting to unambiguous testing,<br />
- Preliminary note, in which original results of unfinished until<br />
that moment still unpublished research work are presented<br />
or a new scientific conception is being announced requiring<br />
immediate publishing,<br />
- Review paper in which an original, resumed review of an item<br />
or part of it is presented whereby the author tries to point out<br />
his own original contribution,<br />
- Professional paper in which, based on one’s own experience, a<br />
useful contribution concerning a particular profession is given,<br />
- Review in which a description of a scientific and professional<br />
event (is given holding of Symposium, book presentation and<br />
the like).<br />
All paper classes, except review papers and reviews, should<br />
contain usual sections: Introduction (purpose of the work and the<br />
state of former investigation), Experimental work (method and work<br />
technology), Results and discussion, Conclusion, Acknowledgments,<br />
References, list of symbols, abbreviations and acronyms.<br />
At submitting the manuscript the author indicates the group<br />
and the article’s origin contribution. However, the reviewers will<br />
give the final decision regarding the category of the submitted<br />
paper. The author not satisfied with the group selection can call<br />
off his manuscript.<br />
The papers not constistently prepared according to the<br />
Instruction to the authors will not be considered.<br />
Papers should be submitted in two print copies and one electronic<br />
version on CD, the author’s address and his e-mail should<br />
be included, to the address of Editorial Board:<br />
10000 Zagreb, Berislavićeva 6, Croatia.
D. D. KUDELAs, KUDELAs R. et RYBáR, al.: CONCEPT G. FIsCHER OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE IssN UsAGE 0543-5846 ...<br />
METABK 45 (4) 299-302 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDK 621.5:62–68:621.31=111<br />
CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION SYSTEM<br />
CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE USAGE OF LOW-POTENTIAL WIND ENERGY<br />
D. Kudelas, R. Rybár, BERG Faculty Technical University of Košice,<br />
Košice, slovakia, G. Fischer, Rektorat Technical University of Košice,<br />
Košice, slovakia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-06-09<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-04-20<br />
Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />
The construction concept will allow gaining the maximum value of aerodynamic effectiveness in a wide range<br />
of service conditions. In this way conceived wind aggregate will enable capturing the low-potential wind energy<br />
and its transformation and accumulation into electric energy usable as peak energy by the means of energetic<br />
converters with capacitance accumulation. Part of the solution is also a configuration concept of objective<br />
wind energetic unit with non-electric accumulation with trend to the possibility of a wide usage in the energetic<br />
network structures.<br />
Key words: wind energy, renewable energy sources, accumulation of energy, wind aggregate<br />
Koncept konfiguracije akumulacijskog sustava koji omogućava uporabu nisko potencijalne energije<br />
vjetra. Predloženi konstrukcijski koncept omogućiti će postizanje maksimalne aerodinamične učinkovitosti u<br />
širokom rasponu eksploatacijskih uvjeta. Pretpostavljen agregat na vjetar će omogućiti prikupljanje nisko potencijalne<br />
energije vjetra te akumulaciju i transformaciju te energije u električnu energiju, iskoristivu kao vršna<br />
energija, pomoću energetskih pretvarača i akumulatora. Dio predloženih rješenja je također konstrukcijski koncept<br />
energetske jedinice na vjetar s neelektričnom akumulacijom koja bi trebala naći široku uporabu u energetskim<br />
mrežnim strukturama.<br />
Ključne riječi: energija vjetra, obnovljivi izvori energije, akumulacija energije, vjetrov uređaj<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
In comparison with western-European countries, the<br />
slovak Republic as an inland country disposes with considerably<br />
lower wind-energetic potential determined by<br />
weather conditions. The basic criterion for estimation of<br />
potential is the average wind velocity. Generally, the type<br />
of locality is considered according to the average wind<br />
velocity and the annual energy production can be determined<br />
referring to the air flow area unit which annually<br />
flows through the propeller diameter.<br />
From the technical power-plant usage of wind energy<br />
the area of slovakia belongs to a region with relatively<br />
low wind potential. This is caused by the fact, that the<br />
technology of electric power production by propeller wind<br />
power-stations is based on the usage of uniformly flowing<br />
wind with quasi constant velocity and flow direction. These<br />
capital expensive equipments reach nominal output in wind<br />
velocities in interval approximately 10 - 15 m/s. Only few<br />
high locations of the most exposed mountain ranges of<br />
slovakia (2 % of the area) can satisfy these conditions.<br />
The starting wind velocity for axial-flow wind powerstations<br />
with regulation stahl is approximately 3,5 to 5 m/s<br />
and for power-stations with regulation pitch, with generators<br />
working in wide range of revolutions, 2,5 up to 3,5<br />
m/s. Wind aggregates with vertical revolution axis existing<br />
today, using the pressure principle are - in comparison<br />
with propeller aggregates - characterised by low service<br />
effectiveness and they are not used in electroenergetics.<br />
SOLUTION CONCEPT<br />
According to the above mentioned facts there arouse<br />
the need to develop wind equipment, concept of which<br />
will take into account more specifics, from the view of the<br />
character of the flow in the area of Slovakia, as well as from<br />
the view of the position in the electric network.<br />
As the aim we have chosen to design a stable standpoint<br />
with sufficient storage tank of wind energy, possibly with<br />
storage tank of compressed air. Wind energy serves as the<br />
primary resource, when it powers the compressor, which fills<br />
the pneumatic accumulator (storage tank of compressed air).<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302 299
D. KUDELAs et al.: CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE UsAGE ...<br />
The compressed air is in the time of peak endurance<br />
consumed from the pneumatic accumulators<br />
for the work of pneumatic engine, which<br />
powers the generator and the produced electric<br />
energy is being supplied to the public network.<br />
In the time of insufficient output of wind energy<br />
the compressor is powered by classical energy<br />
resource. Wind energy serves as complementary<br />
resource for the compressor drive. At work we<br />
consider a pressure container with volume V =<br />
10 000 l. In the necessary compressor concept<br />
we consider producing compressed air as well as<br />
electric energy also in the time of windlessness<br />
that is why we have to introduce the energetic and cubical<br />
piston compressor concept.<br />
DETERMINATION OF THE ENERGETIC<br />
AND CUBICAL COMPRESSOR CONCEPT<br />
Pressure tank should be filled with air from the compressor<br />
powered by mechanical energy from the wind<br />
equipment. We are considering a piston compressor for<br />
this purpose. Volume change of compressed air is caused<br />
by a direct reverse piston movement in the working area<br />
of the compressor. The working area of compressor is<br />
being formed of a working cylinder,<br />
which is closed by the cylinder cover<br />
from one side and from the other side<br />
the area is sealed by the piston. In the<br />
cover intake and forcing distribution<br />
valves are stored. On the cover of the<br />
cylinder also suction and delivery valves<br />
are located. The air compressor includes<br />
crank mechanism, connecting rod,<br />
piston gudgeon pin and caulking rings.<br />
The compressor piston is labelled as<br />
single-acting (i = 1), because during the<br />
air compression in the working area of<br />
the compressor only one frontal piston<br />
area is used.<br />
Compressor efficiency [1, 2] is the<br />
amount of gas flowing during a time unit through the<br />
discharge branch of the compressor. Volume efficiency<br />
v / (m3 /h) is being re-counted to relative status, i.e. to<br />
pressure and temperature in suction branch. In technical<br />
conditions the efficiency is related to technically normal<br />
status (pressure p = 100 kPa and temperature t = 20 °C).<br />
Mass efficiency of the compressor m k / (kg/h) is then recounted<br />
volume efficiency of relative status.<br />
Polytrophic exponent for older air compressors is n =<br />
1,2, for newer air compressors it is n = 1,25 - 1,3 and for<br />
large compressors it is being considered n = 1,4.<br />
Volume concept of the compressor is being solved<br />
by the construction concept of the main proportions of<br />
300<br />
the compressor for requested efficiency. The result of the<br />
concept is a determination of the main proportions of the<br />
compressor piston, which are completed by revolutions<br />
of driven compressor shaft.<br />
The energetic compressor concept is understood as the<br />
determination of the necessary compressor work, input<br />
and drive of the given compressor. In 10000 l pressure<br />
tank approximately 2,7 m 3 of air will be used for the work<br />
of pneumatic engine which we gained during pressure<br />
modification from 8000000 Pa to 630000 Pa.<br />
The necessary suction output (Table 1.) and volume<br />
and energetic concept will be performed for an air storage<br />
tank with volume 10000 l (Table 2.).<br />
ENERGY ACCUMULATION<br />
The problem of energy accumulation produced by the<br />
usage of wind, the production of economic and effective<br />
equipment is one of the basic tasks which need to be solved<br />
in the range of the question of using wind power. selection<br />
of the type and capacity of the accumulation equipment<br />
coheres with the dependability of stored energy supply.<br />
In accordance to the versatility of wind conditions, as to<br />
difficult forecast of wind conditions, it is proper to provide<br />
the wind station with accumulation equipment, eventually<br />
to use a non-wind energy station.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302
D. KUDELAs et al.: CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE UsAGE ...<br />
The accumulation equipment observes following tasks:<br />
- stabilization of variable aggregate output in the conditions<br />
of fluently changing wind velocities,<br />
- harmonization of the production timetable graphics<br />
and energy consumption with the aim of delivering the<br />
energy to the consumer also in period in which the wind<br />
aggregate does not work or when its output comes short<br />
for connected loading,<br />
- increase in total production of the wind equipment,<br />
- increase in the effectiveness of wind energy usage,<br />
- the possibility of gaining the peak output in short period<br />
of time.<br />
Air accumulators are storage tanks into which air is being<br />
condensed by compressor powered by wind engine and<br />
consequently it is being consumed for the work of air engine.<br />
In the dependence of ordering the wind engine can be<br />
overcast by the compressor completely or partially, when<br />
it delivers part of the energy through the generator and the<br />
rest to the air accumulator. In the fist case a capacitance<br />
accumulator is considered which secures whole work of<br />
the station, and in the second case a buffering accumulator<br />
is considered which secures only the lacking energy of the<br />
wind engine at decreasing the wind speed.<br />
Wind equipment using the energy of wind flow is powering<br />
the compressor, which compresses<br />
the air into pneumatic accumulators. From<br />
these storage tanks is the compressed air<br />
being used for the work of pneumatic<br />
engine of the working machine.<br />
PNEUMATIC<br />
ENGINE AIR CONSUMPTION<br />
Pneumatic engines are mechanical<br />
equipment intended for transformation<br />
of pneumatic energy of compressed air<br />
to mechanical energy [1, 2]. A big disadvantage<br />
is low effectiveness of pneumatic<br />
traction of approximately 15 %, as well<br />
as the necessity of air modification (contaminant<br />
and moisture removal). To the<br />
benefits belongs also the possibility of usage in industry<br />
in dusty and explosive environment, the ability of constant<br />
transferring to the maximum supercharge up to the total<br />
engine interception without drive protection and the start<br />
of the engine in full charge.<br />
Air compressed by compressor is being forced down<br />
to storage tank, from where it is being used for work of<br />
the pneumatic engine which powers the generator. Asynchronous<br />
generator can be used as the generator. Asynchronous<br />
generator is the most frequent current resource<br />
at actual small wind power-stations. One of its advantages<br />
is dependability, simplicity and minimum maintenance<br />
requirements. As asynchronous generator it is possible to<br />
use almost every asynchronous electro engine with closecut<br />
anchor without modifications.<br />
1. Electromotor in the function of asynchronous generator<br />
can supply current only to public three phase electrodistribution<br />
network.<br />
2. Electromotor in the function of asynchronous generator<br />
in common circumstances cannot be used in places<br />
where is this network missing. so it cannot work as an<br />
emergency resource during blackout or as the unique<br />
resource in non-electric locality.<br />
3. It is not necessary to faze the generator to the network<br />
complicatedly.<br />
4. The generator does not require any regulation of voltage<br />
and frequency.<br />
5. The engine powering this generator does not need a<br />
revolution controller. The generator itself will slack<br />
up the water-wheel or the turbine to corresponding<br />
revolutions. suitable gearing relation will secure the<br />
optimum mode of turbine work in that moment.<br />
In calculations we get high air consumption v = 9,34<br />
m 3 /h (Table 3.) from which results the fact that a storage<br />
tank with volume 10 000 l and pressure 0,8 MPa should be<br />
able to power such pneumatic engine for 17 minutes.<br />
It is necessary to decrease the air consumption, and<br />
for this reason we are considering an equipment of the<br />
pneumatic winged engine with number of vanes 24.<br />
Air consumption decreased to v = 5,48 m 3 /h (Table 4.)<br />
This means that a storage tank with volume 10 000 l filled<br />
to pressure of 0,8 MPa, could power the pneumatic engine<br />
defined by us for 30 minutes.<br />
WIND EqUIPMENT<br />
The study comes from the philosophy of transformation<br />
of the wind kinetic energy, which passes through flow<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302 301
D. KUDELAs et al.: CONCEPT OF ACCUMULATION sYsTEM CONFIGURATION ENABLING THE UsAGE ...<br />
area of wind engine into mechanical work necessary for<br />
compressor power. Wind engine transforms part of the<br />
energy into mechanical work, part of the energy stays<br />
unused and part of the energy of steady flow transforms<br />
into air whirling behind the rotor. This all comes from the<br />
theoretically possible wind usage.<br />
According to the fact that we need a large torsion<br />
moment, we have to consider a multivane or savonious<br />
rotor. In the blade rotor the air current flowing through<br />
the propeller area has the same effect for all fans during<br />
the propeller rotation. For the propeller drive are used<br />
aerodynamic forces of buoyancy and resistance of the<br />
aerodynamic profile. Output coefficient in correctly proposed<br />
propeller comes near to the theoretical value of Betz<br />
coefficient. It has relatively high revolutions suitable for<br />
generator drive. With the increasing number of propeller<br />
blades is the effectiveness decreasing, revolution by which<br />
is gained the maximum propeller effectiveness decline, but<br />
the torsion moment increases.<br />
It is obvious in a multivane wheel which is during low<br />
revolutions more suitable for drive of piston pumps, as<br />
well as piston compressors, but not for the drive of generators<br />
for electric energy production. Multivan propeller<br />
is suitable for all places where it is necessary to lower<br />
the number of propeller revolutions. slight lowering of<br />
the effectiveness will be replaced by increasing the rotor<br />
diameter.<br />
In the case of savonious rotor is the kinetic energy<br />
of air current transformed to pressure, which pushes the<br />
curved vane of the rotor in front of itself. Recessive vane is<br />
being driven by wind; progressive vane is being inhibited<br />
by the wind, so that a half of the rotor is participated in<br />
production of the torsion moment. Rotors of this type are<br />
suitable for pumps and similar equipments, which require<br />
large torsion moment but low revolutions. since only a<br />
half of the rotor participates during the rotation in the<br />
production of torsion moment, the effectiveness is lower<br />
than the effectiveness of previous types.<br />
302<br />
According to technically usable<br />
wind velocity which is v = 3 m/s i.e.<br />
minimum wind velocity at which the<br />
wind equipment begins to work and<br />
the average wind velocity in Košice<br />
v = 3,6 m/s considered compressors<br />
connected to wind equipments are<br />
dimensioned to wind velocity v = 4<br />
m/s using savonious rotor (rotor area<br />
S = 57 m 2 ) or six-vane wind rotor (rotor<br />
area S = 26 m 2 ). The value of v = 4<br />
m/s gains the wind in Košice and its<br />
outskirts mainly in afternoon hours.<br />
CONCLUSION<br />
submitted work solves in an original way the usage<br />
of wind energy in outskirts of Košice, which is typical<br />
locality with average wind velocity 3,6 m/s with dominant<br />
northern current. According to the fact, that literature (and<br />
practice) considers cost-effective use of wind energy from<br />
the level of 5 m/s, we were searching for a solution, for<br />
which are the mentioned velocities sufficient. There has<br />
been introduced a solution, which should work as a top<br />
power-station, although in this case with a very low output.<br />
Here it is necessary to realize, that a new system solution<br />
is concerned and sequential modifications and improvements<br />
can emphasize the effect.<br />
In the proposed solution are still not achieved results<br />
by which it would be possible to cover whole time of<br />
energetic peak, but there is a possibility of getting near<br />
to this point using pressure tank with higher pressure. In<br />
the proposed concept were used data about pressure tanks<br />
which are commonly available in slovakia.<br />
In comparison with such renewable resource of electric<br />
energy as are photovoltaic systems, whose output should<br />
gain level of 1,3 - 3 GW up to the year 2010, which is a total<br />
annual increase on the level of 580 MW [4], can the proposed<br />
wind energy usage system represent economic and technical<br />
solutions, as e.g. using the pressure tanks, a negotiable<br />
implementation way of RER (Renewable Energy Resources)<br />
into the energetic structures of the slovak Republic.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] M. Horák, P. Vančura,Technika stlačeného vzduchu. Návody na<br />
cvičenia. STU - Bratislava 1994.<br />
[2] M. Horák, Technika stlačeného vzduchu. STU - Bratislava 1994.<br />
[3] J. I. Šefter: Využití energie vetru. SNTL, Praha, 1991.<br />
[4] D. Kováč, I. Kováčová: Behavior of the Voltage Measurement Transformer<br />
during Non Harmonic signal Measuring, Power Electronics<br />
and Motion Control (1998), 152 - 155.<br />
[5] L. Strakoš, Technická analýza vhodnosti využití různých typů rotorů<br />
pro pohon generátorů větrných elektráren. Větrná energie 1/07.<br />
[6] V. Šimko, D. Kováč, I. Kováčová: Theoretical Electrotechnics I., Elfa<br />
s.r.o. Košice (2002), 173.<br />
[7] P. Rybár, T. Sasvári, Zem a zemské zdroje. Elfa, Košice 1997.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 299-302
K. K. KosTúR KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />
IssN 0543-5846<br />
METABK 45 (4) 303-306 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDK 621.783.2:62–55:004.94 =111<br />
REGULATION OF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE ROLLING MILL<br />
K. Kostúr, BERG Faculty Technical University of Košice, Košice,<br />
slovakia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-06-09<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-04-10<br />
Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />
The rolling of tube requires homogeneous heating along the tube. In steel work the difference along tube was<br />
sometimes 80 °C. The reasons for bad homogeneousness of heating were analyzed by a simulation model of<br />
heating furnace. Then the proposal was made for a new control system and also the proposal for reconstruction<br />
of furnace. In this contribution also a description of some ways for improvement of heating was made. The<br />
main contribution is the proposal of an adaptive system.<br />
Key words: simulation model, homogeneous heating, control system<br />
Regulacija zagrijevne peći u valjaonici cijevi. Proces valjanja cijevi zahtijeva ravnomjerno zagrijan cijevni<br />
uložak u zagrijevnoj peći. U realnim uvjetima procesa valjanja razlike u temperaturi duž cijevi bile su i do 80<br />
°C. Razlog neravnomjernog zagrijavanja je analiziran na simulacijskom modelu zagrijevne peći. Na toj osnovi<br />
izrađen je prijedlog novog upravljačkog sustava kao i rekonstrukcije same peći. U okviru prijedloga dato je nekoliko<br />
mogućih rješenja za poboljšanje postojećeg stanja. Najveća vrijednost pretpostavljenog rješenja sadržana<br />
je u predloženom adativnom sustavu.<br />
Ključne riječi: simulacijski model, homogena zagrijavanja, kontrolni sustav<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
The heating furnace serves for heating of the semiproduct<br />
(the tube) in front of tube rolling mill. The heated<br />
semi-product from furnace is moved into the tube rolling<br />
mill by a roller conveyor (see Figure 1.). The finished<br />
product after reduction in the tube rolling mill is moved<br />
to the storing place. The base characteristics of the furnace<br />
are as follows:<br />
- the dimensions of furnace - length 17000 mm,<br />
- breadth 8370 mm,<br />
- height 1600 mm;<br />
- the desired temperature of heating tube 900 - 1000 °C;<br />
- the fuel is natural gas;<br />
- the production capacity 20 - 30 t·h –1 ;<br />
- the diameter of tube 100 - 200 mm;<br />
- the thickness of wall of tube 3 - 10 mm;<br />
- the length of tube 10 000 - 16 000 mm.<br />
The heating of tube is provided by the burner system<br />
which consists of 26 burners. The input of fuel is regulated<br />
with the aid of three regulation zones which are localized<br />
on input and output sides of the furnace. The required<br />
temperature of tube depends on the quality of steel. This<br />
temperature would be equal along the tube. The problem<br />
with heating the tube is the homogeneousness of the temperature<br />
along the tube. The differences approx. 60 - 80 °C<br />
along the tube were measured. The bad homogeneousness<br />
of the temperature is the reason for reduction of the quality<br />
of finished tube. Therefore, the reason for bad homogeneousness<br />
of the temperature had to be determined and<br />
then propose improvements of heating.<br />
THE ANALYSIS OF<br />
REASONS FOR BAD TEMPERATURE<br />
HOMOGENEOUSNESS DURING HEATING<br />
OF THE TUBE BY SIMULATION MODEL<br />
The processes in heating furnace are very complex.<br />
Therefore, a simulation way was chosen. The simulation<br />
model was created on the basis of mathematical model. The<br />
basic structure of mathematical description is similar to the<br />
model of heating process of rotary hearth furnace [1].<br />
Unlike old model [1] the new model solves the temperature<br />
field of the tube according to the following system<br />
of differential equations<br />
dT 1<br />
= ( Q1 −Q2<br />
)<br />
dτ<br />
G ⋅ c<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306 303<br />
(1)
K. KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />
where:<br />
T - the temperature,<br />
τ - the time,<br />
G - the mass of material,<br />
c - the specific heat capacity,<br />
Q - the heat flow (input/output).<br />
A new simulation model was verified on the basis of<br />
measurements in real furnace [2]. The simulation studies<br />
reveal the reasons of bad homogeneousness during tube<br />
heating as follows.<br />
Control system<br />
The regulation zones (input of fuel) are controlled according<br />
to signals from their own thermocouples, which<br />
are localized approx. 1/3 of distance from output side of<br />
furnace. They are near the opening for exhaust of combustion<br />
products. The regulation zones on input side do not<br />
influence the measured temperature. Therefore it is logical<br />
to divide the regulation into:<br />
- the regulation of the input on input side,<br />
- the regulation of the input on output side.<br />
Then the regulation will consist of six regulation zones<br />
(see Figure 2.). The simulation study does not demonstrate<br />
a marked improvement.<br />
Heating of the beginning and end of a tube<br />
Sometimes the temperature of the beginning/end of an<br />
output tube is higher/lower than the required temperature.<br />
The reason is the difference in radiant surface of a line. For<br />
example, at the beginning of the significiant radiant heat<br />
flow from lateral wall still exists. If the operator lowers the<br />
required temperature then the radiant flow at the beginning<br />
304<br />
of the tube will be higher (side wall) than in the centre of<br />
the tube and vice versa. Therefore, the temperature at the<br />
beginning of the tube will be higher then in the centre (the<br />
influence of heating inertial lining.). For solving this problem<br />
addition (the proposal A) of burners into the horns of<br />
furnace was proposed (see Figure 2.). These burners will be<br />
provided by individual regulation. A second proposal (B)<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306
K. KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />
has been an exchange of refractory material, which would<br />
be replaced with insulating material (sibral). In Figure 3. is<br />
shown the temperature field of the tubes during their motion<br />
in the furnace. As it can seen the temperatures along<br />
the tubes are homogeneous.<br />
The number of regulation zones<br />
From Figure 3. it can be seen that the beginning of<br />
the tube has the same temperature as the centre tube. But<br />
the problem is the temperature of end tubes if the tube is<br />
shorter than the breadth of the furnace. The reason is in<br />
unequal temperature field of combustion products. Two<br />
cases were analyzed by simulation model.<br />
First case: The thermocouple of regulation zone is<br />
outside the end of tube.<br />
The fuel of all burners is controlled according to the<br />
measured temperature T in this regulation zone. In close<br />
neighborhood of thermocouple the heating power take-off<br />
is lower because in this place there is not tube. Therefore,<br />
for equal desired temperature of combustion products the<br />
regulator should give a signal for lower mass flow rate of<br />
fuel. The temperature of combustion products above the end<br />
of the tube will be lower in comparison with T. Therefore,<br />
the temperature at the end of the tube will be lower.<br />
second case: The thermocouple of regulation zone is<br />
above the end of tube.<br />
In this case the regulator stabilizes the temperature of<br />
combustion products above the end of tube. Fuel consumption<br />
or heat flow instead consuption of heat to the right of<br />
the end of tube is lower (the tube does exist). Therefore,<br />
the temperature of combustion products on the right will<br />
be higher. Radiant flow q r from this place heats the end<br />
of tube. Therefore, the temperature at the end of tube will<br />
be higher. The maximum of specific capacity near 750 °C<br />
complicates this situation still more. The specific capacity<br />
in front of 750 °C soars and then it plummets at higher<br />
a temperature. It is reason a vehement reaction of a tube<br />
temperature - see equation (1).<br />
This case is shown in Table 1. The temperatures are<br />
in a cross section under the thermocouples along breadth<br />
of furnace.<br />
For solving these problems the following changes<br />
were designed:<br />
1. Increase the number of thermocouples.<br />
2. Increase the number of regulation zones and decrease<br />
their range.<br />
From the original regulation zones (1, 2 and 6, 7) 10<br />
new regulated zones were created. Each burner zone is<br />
individually regulated. Then regulation system consists<br />
of 18 regulation zones.<br />
THE ADAPTIVE SYSTEM<br />
The control system controls the heating of the tube according<br />
to signals from thermocouples which measured the<br />
temperatures of combustion products. Therefore, the problem<br />
is to define the temperatures of combustion products.<br />
The aim is to define these temperatures so that the tube will<br />
reach the desired temperature. It is the task of proposed<br />
adaptation system. This algorithm is very simple.<br />
Trj = Tj ±∆ Tj<br />
where:<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306 305<br />
(2)<br />
Trj - the desired temperature of combustion products at<br />
j-th thermocouple,<br />
Tj - the previous measured temperature at j-th thermocouple,<br />
DT - the change (increase/ decrease) of temperature.<br />
j<br />
The increase/decrease can be defined as the difference<br />
between desired and measured temperatures of the tube.
K. KosTúR: REGULATIoN oF THE HEATING FURNACE IN TUBE RoLLING MILL<br />
Then the desired temperature of combustion products is<br />
defined as follows:<br />
306<br />
tube tube ( )<br />
Tr T a Tr Tm<br />
j, k+ 1 j, k j k j, k<br />
= + −<br />
where:<br />
(3)<br />
j - the index of regulation zone,<br />
k - the index of time period of adaptation,<br />
Tr - the desired temperature of combustion products,<br />
T - the measured temperature of combustion products,<br />
a - the constant of adaptation,<br />
Tr tube - the desired temperature of tube,<br />
Tm tube - the measured temperature of tube.<br />
The structure of control system is shown on Figure 6.<br />
The control system consists of three levels [3]. The<br />
optimization level computes the optimal heating regime<br />
tube (Tr ). The adaptive level adapts the desired temperatures<br />
j<br />
of combustion products according to the basic equation<br />
(3). The last level is direct digital control. Its signals (u j )<br />
control the actuators of burners.<br />
CONCLUSION<br />
A model of control system (see Figure 6.) was created.<br />
The verification of proposed control system was made with<br />
the aid of simulation. Both models (furnace + control)<br />
have simulated mutual cooperation for real conditions. The<br />
contributions of this solution are the following:<br />
- decrease of specific consumption of fuel approx. by<br />
about 7 %,<br />
- homogeneous temperatures along tube were attained.<br />
The solution of the main problem (no homogeneous<br />
heating) is shown in Table 2.<br />
shorter tube (j = 3, …, 14) was heated. The index j is<br />
part of tube element according length. The desired temperature<br />
of the tube was 930 °C. The maximal deviation is<br />
5 °C. For the tube rolling this deviation is acceptable.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] K. Kostúr: The optimization of heating process in rotary hearth furnace<br />
by simulation model. In: Tagungsband zum XXI. Verformungskundlichen<br />
Kolloquium. Montanuniversität Leoben, 2002, 39 - 46.<br />
[2] K. Kostúr, M. Pastor: Simulačný a matematický model krokovej<br />
pece (The simulation and mathematical model of heating furnace).<br />
Research report, OAR Košice, 2002, 81.<br />
[3] K. Kostúr, M. Pastor, G. Trefa: Návrh regulácie a konštrukcie krokovej<br />
pece. (The proposal of control and construction for heating<br />
furnace). Research report, OAR Košice, 2002, 124.<br />
Acknowledgement<br />
This contribution is part of project VEGA No. 1/3346/06.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 303-306
M. M. Jurković, Jurković Z. et Jurković, al.: AN ANALYSIS M. MAhMić AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ... iSSN 0543-5846<br />
METABk 45 (4) 307-312 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDK 621.983.3:621.774.7:62–462:621.7.016.3:519.863=111<br />
AN ANALYSIS AND<br />
MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT WALL-THICKNESS REDUCTION<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
The modelling of spinning process is similarly to the<br />
process of deep drawing. The workpiece is flat blank.<br />
it is obtained by this processing through simple pressing<br />
roller the parts of complex form of good mechanical<br />
characteristics and surface which quality is near to the<br />
quality obtained after grinding.<br />
it can be obtained the different axial-symmetrical parts.<br />
The working parts are divided to symmetrical, conical with<br />
curved drawing and combined parts. The spinning process<br />
doesn’t enable to produce of unsymmetrical parts [1 - 7].<br />
Tool design that are used for spinning processing is<br />
very simple, that secure smaller price and longer the time<br />
of explotation life. The same tools can be used for individual<br />
operations at the different parts producing.<br />
THEORETICAL BASIS OF SPINNING PROCESS<br />
At the procedure of metal processing through spinning<br />
is the main motion circular and it is made by workpiece<br />
M. Jurković, Z. Jurković, Faculty of Engineering university of rijeka,<br />
Croatia, M. Mahmić, Faculty of Technical Engineering university of<br />
Bihać, Bosnia and herzegovina<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2003-12-24<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2005-12-25<br />
Preliminary Note - Prethodno priopćenje<br />
Through the spinning process it is made the different axial-symmetrical parts by acting spinning roller on blank<br />
of sheet metal, which is shaped through a chuck. In the paper is shown an analyse of stressed and strained<br />
state, as well as forming force components of spinning process. On the ground of experimental results it is<br />
made mathematical modelling of spinning forming force. The obtained mathematical model describes enough<br />
accurate and reliable (P = 0,98) the spinning forming force.<br />
Key words: modelling, spinning, forming force<br />
Analiza i modeliranje procesa rotacijskog tiskanja bez stanjenja debljine stjenke. Rotacijskim tiskanjem se<br />
dobiju različiti osnosimetrični dijelovi djelovanjem pritisnog valjka na pripremak, koji pri deformiranju prijanja uz<br />
rotirajući trn. U radu je prikazana analiza napregnutog i deformacionog stanja, kao i komponenata sile procesa<br />
rotacijskog tiskanja. Na osnovi eksperimentalnih rezultata izvedeno je matematičko modeliranje deformacijske<br />
sile tiskanja. Dobiveni matematički model dovoljno točno i pouzdano (P = 0,98) opisuje silu procesa rotacijskog<br />
tiskanja.<br />
Ključne riječi: modeliranje, rotacijsko tiskanje, deformacijska sila<br />
(5) together with chuck (1) while auxilary motion is made<br />
by roller (2) (Figure 1.). The begininng material form for<br />
processing is usually circular plate (4) pressed by follower<br />
in tailstock (3).<br />
The blank, in this case a plain, sheet-metal disc, is concentrically<br />
clamped against the follower by the tailstock<br />
and driven via the main spindle. rotating at high speed, the<br />
workpiece is then formed by the spinning roller following a<br />
pre-set path to produce a series of strokes or passes. Direction<br />
of the material flowing speed (v m ) during deformation<br />
process is the same to the axial speed (v) of pressed roller.<br />
Geometry of spinning procedure<br />
it is obtained by spinning the cylindrical hole parts with<br />
bottom as is shown at the Figure 2. The part is made from<br />
more operations by the different chucks if it isn’t able to get<br />
desired cylindrical part from one operation (Figure 2.).<br />
Between chuck and pressed roller (D) (Figure 1.) depending<br />
on clearance size, the cylindrical parts can be made<br />
by reduction and without reduction of wall thickness. The<br />
wall thickness and cylinder bottom are the same (s 1 = s 0 )<br />
in the first case and in the second case the wall thickness<br />
is smaller than bottom thickness, that is preparing part<br />
thickness (s 1 < s 0 ).<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312 307
M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />
Stress - strain state<br />
The spinning process (Figure 1.), is very similar to deep<br />
drawing process to tools at the press. The process is carried<br />
out in one pass from circular plain preparing part. For full<br />
analysing of strained and stressed state at the spinning it<br />
is needed to divide workpiece into several different zones<br />
(Figure 3.) at which are occured different schemes of strain<br />
and stress [4, 7].<br />
308<br />
The stress state is treated as flat at the element wreath,<br />
where it is considered that forming of material is acted by<br />
absence of normal stress s Z =0. This stress state is unlike<br />
in according to radial stress (s R ) positive and normal stress<br />
at the tangent direction is negative (s T ).<br />
in the element wreath for an analyse of strain and<br />
stress is used the method of common soluting of plasticity<br />
conditions in the form:<br />
σR − σT = ± βk,<br />
(1)<br />
and balance equation:<br />
dσR<br />
ρ + σR − σT<br />
= 0,<br />
dρ<br />
so that we get differential equation:<br />
dσR<br />
ρ + βk<br />
= 0.<br />
dρ<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
We get through soluting of differential equation (3)<br />
for boundary conditions (r = R S , s R = 0) radial stressed<br />
component that incites plastic deformation at the element<br />
wreath:<br />
σ = β ⋅k<br />
R sr<br />
where is:<br />
ln S R<br />
ρ<br />
(4)<br />
k sr - the average value of specific flow stress,<br />
R S - the immediate value outsideed wreath radius of<br />
cylinder (from r 1 to R 0 ),<br />
r - radius inside of intervals r 1 ≤ r ≤ R 0 .<br />
it is getting through involving of express (4) with condition<br />
of plastic flow (1) the normal stress at the tangent<br />
direction:<br />
⎛ R ⎞<br />
S<br />
σT = β ⋅k ⎜<br />
sr ⎜ln −1<br />
⎟ ⎟.<br />
⎜⎜⎝ ρ<br />
⎟ ⎟⎠<br />
(5)<br />
At the spinning of cylindrical elements without reducing<br />
of wall thickness the maximum axial stress is defined<br />
helping expression:<br />
⎛ RS s ⎞<br />
0<br />
σ Z = ⎜<br />
⎜1,1k ln ( 1 1,6 )<br />
max<br />
sr k<br />
⎟<br />
⎜<br />
+ sr<br />
+ µ<br />
⎜ ⎟<br />
⎝ r1 2ρw<br />
+ s ⎟<br />
0 ⎠ (6)<br />
where:<br />
2<br />
RS = 0,5 D0 − 4d ⎡<br />
1sr h 0,57 ( ρw<br />
R s0)<br />
⎤<br />
⎣<br />
+ + +<br />
⎦<br />
.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312
M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />
Maximum axial stress ( σZ<br />
) ,<br />
Degree of deformation<br />
max<br />
obtained by h = 0.<br />
The fitted relative strain at the element wreath are:<br />
- at the tangent direction:<br />
ε<br />
T<br />
=<br />
ρ<br />
−1,<br />
R + ρ − R<br />
2 2 2<br />
0<br />
S<br />
(7)<br />
- at the radial direction (direction of sheet of metal thickness):<br />
RS<br />
1−2ln ρ<br />
εR = ⋅εT<br />
,<br />
RS<br />
2− ln<br />
ρ<br />
- at the axial direction:<br />
ε = − ( ε + ε ).<br />
Z T R<br />
(8)<br />
(9)<br />
At the immediate strained zone it is normal strains<br />
under pressed roller:<br />
d<br />
ε T = −<br />
a<br />
ε ε<br />
1 1,<br />
i<br />
s − s<br />
1 0<br />
R = S = ≈<br />
s0<br />
0,<br />
2hi<br />
−( ai −d1)<br />
εZ = εh<br />
=<br />
.<br />
ai − d1<br />
(10)<br />
where:<br />
2<br />
ai = d + 4d1( hi + 0,75R)<br />
- the immediate value of<br />
workpiece diameter which was deformed in the cylinder<br />
of h height.<br />
i<br />
Logarithmic strain at the part under pressed roller are<br />
defined by expressions:<br />
d s<br />
ϕ ϕ ϕ<br />
1 1<br />
i<br />
T = ln , R = ln ≈ 0, Z = ln .<br />
ai s0 ai d1<br />
Forming forces of the spinning process<br />
2h<br />
− (11)<br />
The axial components of force is determined by<br />
expression:<br />
F = F = σ ⋅ A ,<br />
Z A Zmax Z<br />
unless the contact surface of axial force:<br />
(12)<br />
v<br />
AZ = 2ls0 = 2 s0 dw<br />
⋅ .<br />
n<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312 309<br />
(13)<br />
on the basis of plastic flowing condition the maximum<br />
radial strain expresses:<br />
σ = σ + 1,15k<br />
Rmax Z sr<br />
and<br />
v v<br />
AR = 2 dw<br />
⋅<br />
n n<br />
or the maximum component of force is:<br />
F = σ ⋅ A .<br />
Rmax Rmax R<br />
(14)<br />
(15)<br />
(16)<br />
owing to simplifying the state of deformation it is<br />
taken into account the plane state of deformation and the<br />
tangent stress is:<br />
σ<br />
Tmax<br />
σZ + σR<br />
1,15k<br />
= =<br />
2 2<br />
and tangent components of force:<br />
F = σ ⋅ A<br />
Tmax Tmax T<br />
where the contact surface is:<br />
1 v<br />
AT = s0<br />
2 ρw<br />
⋅ .<br />
2 n<br />
sr<br />
(17)<br />
(18)<br />
(19)<br />
The experimental researchings are shown that the<br />
maximum radial force occurs immediatelly at the end of<br />
spinning of cylindrical part. The axial stress in this moment<br />
equals zero (s Z = 0). Total force:<br />
F F F F<br />
2 2 2<br />
= A + R + T .<br />
(20)<br />
THE EXPERIMENTAL<br />
ANALYSIS OF THE PROCESS<br />
The experimental analyse of spinning process is made<br />
in the aim of measuring the forming forces which are<br />
used for modelling and simulation ot the spinning process<br />
(Figure 4.).<br />
The experimental<br />
tool for measuring spinning force components<br />
in Figure 5. is given the presentation of force compo-
M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />
nents at the spinning and Figure 6. is shown the experimental<br />
tool for measuring spinning force components.<br />
310<br />
The experimental results<br />
on the basis of acquired data for material, revolutions<br />
numbers of the main spindle, the feed of pressed roller, roller<br />
diameter, lubrication means are obtained the values of<br />
force components depends on roller motion (Table 1.).<br />
in the Figure 7. are given the obtained experimental<br />
values for Č0148 (DiN St14) and s 0 = 1 mm.<br />
Analyzing recorded diagrams it can be concluded the<br />
following:<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312
M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />
- the pressed roller moves during the process by constant<br />
speed,<br />
- the tangent component has nearly constant value during<br />
the process,<br />
- the maximum value of radial force occurs at the end of<br />
the process,<br />
- the decreasing of axial force after reaching of maximum<br />
is stepped (at the cylindrical parts obtained through combined<br />
action) but at the parts obtained without reducing<br />
the decreasing of axial force is extended.<br />
FORCE MODELLING<br />
The parameter choosing of spinning process<br />
on the basis of the experimental results is made a<br />
modelling of spinning force (Table 1.).<br />
The varying parameters are defined over input variables<br />
of process which define the experiment conditions<br />
varying at the three levels: axial speed of pressed roller, v<br />
/(mm/min), wall thickness of the blank, s /mm and pressed<br />
roller path, h /mm.<br />
The constant parameters of process are: material of<br />
preparing part, radius of cycled tools, diameter and product,<br />
etc. [1].<br />
The defining of mathematical model<br />
The number of experiment needed for modelling is<br />
defined by expression:<br />
N = 2 k + n 0 = 2 3 + 4 = 12,<br />
where:<br />
N - the total experiment number,<br />
k - number of parameters,<br />
n 0 - the replied experiment number at the central point of<br />
a plan.<br />
The force function of spinning is modelled by following<br />
polynom function at the coded form:<br />
Y = F = b 0 + b 1 X 1 + b 2 X 2 + b 3 X 3 + b 12 X 1 X 2 +<br />
+ b 23 X 2 X 3 + b 13 X 1 X 3 + b 123 X 1 X 2 X 3<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312 311<br />
(21)<br />
The further modelling action understand the determining<br />
coefficients of mathematical model to expression:<br />
N<br />
1<br />
b0 = y j,<br />
N ∑<br />
j=<br />
1<br />
N<br />
1<br />
bi = X ij y j,<br />
za i = 1,2,..., k,<br />
N −n 0 j=<br />
1<br />
∑<br />
N<br />
1<br />
bim = X ij X mj y j,<br />
za 1 ≤ i < m < k.<br />
N −n 0 j=<br />
1<br />
∑<br />
where:<br />
b , b , b - coefficients of mathematical model,<br />
0 i im<br />
X , X - coded values.<br />
ij mj<br />
(22)<br />
The values of the coefficient of mathematical models<br />
are:<br />
b 0 = 442; b 1 = 37; b 2 = 99; b 3 = 160;<br />
b 12 = 2,078; b 23 = 32,58; b 13 = 13; b 123 = 0,481.<br />
Taking in attention only significant coefficients of regression,<br />
the mathematical model of force has the form:<br />
Y = F = 442 + 37 X 1 + 99 X 2 +<br />
+ 160 X 3 + 32,58 X 2 X 3<br />
(23)
M. Jurković et al.: AN ANALYSIS AND MODELLING OF SPINNING PROCESS WITHOUT ...<br />
The coefficient of multiple regression R = 0,993 shows<br />
very good correlation between varying X i and spinning<br />
force F j .<br />
The mathematical model (23) enough correctly and reliable<br />
(P = 0,98) describes the process force of spinning inside<br />
the space of applied experiment what shows the comparing<br />
of experimental and calculated values (Table 3.).<br />
Encoding the mathematical model (23) is obtained<br />
the physical mathematical model of the spinning force<br />
in the form of:<br />
Y = – 59,39 + 0,74v + 100,26s + 6,226h + 6,516s·h (24)<br />
CONCLUSIONS<br />
in according to deep drawing this procedure has defined<br />
advantages:<br />
- enable producing of complex products,<br />
- deformation is made in the part under pressed roller,<br />
unless at deep drawing at the whole volume of part<br />
countour,<br />
- the tools are more simple design than the tools of deep<br />
drawing,<br />
- the tool life is longer and tool costs are smaller,<br />
- smaller forming force,<br />
- the tool is flexibile because the same can be used for<br />
different parts producing.<br />
The ground failures are:<br />
- unsymetrical parts cann’t be produce,<br />
- smaller production in according to deep drawing.<br />
The mathematical modelling of the force of spinning enough<br />
correctly and reliable describes forming force, that are<br />
confirmed by obtained model of the that has reliability P =<br />
0,98 and the coefficient of multiple regression R = 0,993.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] M. Jurković, Mathematical Modelling and optimization of Machining<br />
Processes, Faculty of Engineering, university of rijeka,<br />
rijeka, 1999, p. 151 - 176 and 335 - 386.<br />
[2] D. Lazarević, Sile pri rotacionom izvlačenju koničnih delova,<br />
Xviii Savetovanje proizvodnog mašinstva Jugoslavije, Mašinski<br />
fakultet, Niš, 1984, p. 363 - 377.<br />
[3] M. Jurković, Band Cross Section Geometry in the Function of<br />
Thermo-Mechanical Factors and Stress State of Cold Forming<br />
Processes, Dissertation thesis, 1981, p. 148 - 192.<br />
[4] D. Lazarević, v. Stoiljković, Naponsko - deformaciono stanje i sile<br />
pri rotacionom izvlačenju cilindričnih delova bez redukcije debljine<br />
zida, Xvii Savetovanje proizvodnog mašinstva Jugoslavije,<br />
Titograd, 1983, p. iii19 - iii22.<br />
[5] k. Lange, Lehrbuch der umformtechnik, Band 3, Blechbearbeitung,<br />
Springer-verlag, Berlin-heidelberg New York, 1975, p. 1 - 456.<br />
[6] M. Jurković, Z. Jurković, Direct Determining of Stress and Friction<br />
Coefficient on the Contact Surface of Tool and Workpiece, Proc. 1 st<br />
int. Conf. iCiT ’97, 1 (1997), Ljubljana - Maribor, p. 127 - 132.<br />
[7] N. i. Mogiljnji, rotacionaja vytjažka oboločkovyh detalej na stankah,<br />
Mašinostroenie, Moskva, 1983, p. 1 - 190.<br />
312<br />
List of symbols<br />
n - revolutions numbers of chuck /min –1<br />
v - axial speed of pressed roller /(mm/min)<br />
v - the material flowing speed /(mm/min)<br />
m<br />
D - diameter of workpiece (blank diameter)<br />
0<br />
/mm<br />
d - diameter of rotary chuck (chuck diame-<br />
1<br />
ter) /mm<br />
r - chuck radius /mm<br />
1<br />
d - diameter of finished product /mm<br />
s - wall thickness /mm<br />
s - initial sheet thickness /mm<br />
0<br />
d - diameter of pressed roller /mm<br />
w<br />
r w<br />
- roller radius /mm<br />
h - pressed roller path /mm<br />
l - spinning length /mm<br />
d - the immediate diameter of workpiece<br />
1sr<br />
wreath /mm<br />
R - blank radius /mm<br />
0<br />
R - the immediate value outsideed wreath<br />
S<br />
radius of cylinder (from r to R ) /mm<br />
1 0<br />
a - the immediate value of workpiece<br />
i<br />
diameter which was deformed in the<br />
cylinder of h height /mm<br />
i<br />
v/n - spinning feed of roller /mm·rev –1<br />
k - number of parameters<br />
k - the average value of flow stress /Pa<br />
sr<br />
Ds - absolute reducing of wall thickness<br />
/mm<br />
a 0<br />
- angle of chuck /°<br />
a - angle of pressed roller /°<br />
b - Lode coefficient (b = 1,0 to 1,55)<br />
m - coefficient of friction<br />
r - radius inside of intervals r ≤ r ≤ R 1 0<br />
/mm<br />
s , s , s - radial, axial and tangent stress /Pa<br />
R Z T<br />
σR , σ ,<br />
max Z σ<br />
max T - maximum stresses in radial, axial and<br />
max<br />
tangent direction /Pa<br />
e , e , e - the relative strains in radial, axial and<br />
R Z T<br />
tangent direction<br />
j , j , j - logarithmic strains<br />
R Z T<br />
F , F , F - the force components in radial, axial and<br />
R Z T<br />
tangent direction /N<br />
F , F , F - maximum force in radial, axial and<br />
Rmax Zmax Tmax<br />
tangent direction /N<br />
F - total force /N<br />
A R , A Z , A T - the pressed contact surface at the radial,<br />
axial and tangent direction / mm 2<br />
X ij , X mj - coded values<br />
n 0 - the replied experiment number at the<br />
central point of a plane<br />
b 0 , b i , b im - coefficients of mathematical model<br />
N - the total experiment number<br />
MT - strain gages<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 307-312
S. S. V. DobAtkin, DobATkIn J. et Zrník, al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES i. MAMuZić bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ISSn ... 0543-5846<br />
METAbk 45 (4) 313-321 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDk 669.14:539.377:620.17=111<br />
NANOSTRUCTURES BY<br />
SEVERE PLASTIC DEFORMATION OF STEELS: ADVANTAGES AND PROBLEMS<br />
S. V. Dobatkin, A. A. baikov Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science,<br />
Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia, J. Zrník, Comtes<br />
FHt, Ltd., Plzen, Czech republic, i. Mamuzić, Faculty of Metallurgy<br />
University of Zagreb, Sisak, Croatia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-10-21<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-06-21<br />
Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />
The aim of this paper is to consider the features of structure evolution during severe plastic deformation (SPD)<br />
of steels and its influence on mechanical properties. The investigation have been carried out mainly on low<br />
carbon steels as well as on austenitic stainless steels after SPD by torsion under high pressure (HPT) and equal<br />
channel angular (ECA) pressing. Structure formation dependencies on temperature deformation conditions,<br />
strain degree, chemical composition, initial state and pressure are considered. The role of phase transformations<br />
for additional grain refinement, namely, martensitic transformation, precipitation of carbide particles during<br />
SPD and heating is underlined.<br />
Key words: nano- and submicrocrystalline structure, severe plastic deformation (SPD), equal channel angular<br />
pressing (ECAP), steels<br />
Nanostrukture dobivene intenzivnom plastičnom deformacijom: postignuća i poteškoće. Cilj članka je<br />
razmatranje karakteristika razvitka strukture čelika uslijed intenzivne plastične deformacije (IPD) i utjecaj na<br />
mehanička svojstva. Istraživanja su se uglavnom odvijala na niskougljičnim i austenitnim korozivno otpornim<br />
čeilcima poslije IPD-a, primjenom visokog tlaka i torziranja (VTT), te kutno kanalnog prešanja (KKP). Tvorba<br />
strukture zavisi od temperaturno deformacijskoh uvjeta, stupnja deformcije, kemijskog sastava, izvornog<br />
stanja i tlaka prešanja. Ističe se uloga faznih preobražaja za dopunsku izmjenu strukture, posebice, martenzini<br />
preobražaj, izlučivanje karbidnih čestica tijekom IPD-a i naknadnog žarenja.<br />
Ključne riječi: nano- i submikrokristalna struktura, intenzivna plastična deformacija (IPD), kutno kanalno prešanje<br />
(KKP), čelici<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
At present, a great attention is paid to the processes of<br />
severe plastic deformation (SPD) due to the opportunity<br />
of the formation of nano (grain size less then 100 nm)-<br />
and submicrocrystalline (grain size-between 100 nm and<br />
1000 nm) structures upon deformation [1, 2]. This method<br />
consists in severe deformation at relative low temperatures<br />
(below (0,3 - 0,4) Tm) under high applied pressures and<br />
provides bulk porous-free nano- and submicrocrystalline<br />
metals and alloys [2]. Conventional deformation methods,<br />
such as rolling, drawing, pressing, etc., reduce the<br />
cross-sectional area of a billet and do not allow one to<br />
obtain a high strain and grain refinement. nontraditional<br />
methods, such as torsion under high hydrostatic pressure,<br />
equal-channel angular pressing, multiaxial deformation,<br />
alternating bending, accumulative roll bonding, twist<br />
extrusion, and so on, allow one to deform a billet without<br />
changing the cross-sectional area and to reach desirable<br />
high strain and grain refinement. Structures obtained during<br />
SPD have specific features: small size of grains down<br />
to nanolevel, low density of free dislocations, high angle<br />
misorientation of these grains, and high energy and nonequilibrium<br />
state of grain boundaries [2]. These structures<br />
lead to changes in physical and mechanical properties: a<br />
significant increase in the strength at good ductility, an<br />
increase in the wear resistance, and high-speed and lowtemperature<br />
superplasticity [2].<br />
Most works are related to the SPD of pure metals and<br />
rather plastic alloys. The use of SPD for commercial steels<br />
has been poorly studied. Moreover, now it is difficult to<br />
widely apply severe plastic deformation in industry. nevertheless,<br />
it is important to study the limiting structural<br />
states of commercial steels and a combination of their<br />
mechanical and service properties.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 313
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
The purpose of this paper is to consider the features of<br />
structure formation during SPD and mechanical properties<br />
of austenitic stainless and low-carbon steels.<br />
FACTORS AFFECTING<br />
ThE STRUCTURE FORMATION DURING SPD<br />
Temperature<br />
It is well known that hot deformation can cause grain<br />
refinement due to the occurrence of dynamic recrystallization.<br />
the lower is the temperature, the finer are the grains,<br />
but, at the same time, the higher is the degree of deformation<br />
required for the beginning of dynamic recrystallization<br />
(Figure 1.). It would seem that the smallest grain size can be<br />
obtained at room temperature, but this requires the degree of<br />
deformation, which cannot be realized upon conventional<br />
deformation schemes such as rolling, extrusion, forging,<br />
etc. In reality, the grained structure with high-angle grain<br />
boundaries was obtained at room temperature by using<br />
methods of severe plastic deformation such as torsion under<br />
high hydrostatic pressure (HPT) and equal-channel angular<br />
(ECA) pressing. However, the formation of high-angle<br />
boundaries, i.e., the process of recrystallization is thermally<br />
activated and requires elevated temperatures. now it is already<br />
well established that room-temperature SPD under the<br />
high pressure cause the occurrence of diffusion-controlled<br />
dislocations climb processes [3]. Just these processes are<br />
responsible for the formation of new grains. Is this process<br />
a dynamic recrystallization? In our opinion - yes, it is, since,<br />
the new grains appear in the deformed matrix, they belong to<br />
314<br />
the matrix phase, but are substantially more perfect and are<br />
separated from other grains by high-angle boundaries [4].<br />
Thus, lowering the SPD temperature to room temperature,<br />
we can refine the grain structure to the nanosize scale.<br />
Degree of strain<br />
It is conventionally assumed that the formation of predominantly<br />
nanocrystalline structure upon SPD at lowered<br />
temperature corresponds to the steady-stage portion in the<br />
graph of the dependence of microhardness on the degree of<br />
strain, i.e., to a true degree of strain ε ≈ 5 - 7 [2]. However,<br />
one should take into account that the degree of strain, which<br />
causes the formation of new grains with high-angle boundaries,<br />
depends on the stacking fault energy and the degree of alloying<br />
of the material. The required degree of strain increases<br />
with decreasing stacking fault energy and increasing degree<br />
of alloying. For example, the formation of submicrocrystalline<br />
structure upon high-pressure torsion (HPT) in Armco<br />
iron begins earlier than in the ferritic steel 0,08 % S - 18 %<br />
Cr - 1,0 % Ti with the same bcc lattice[5].<br />
Strain rate<br />
An increase in the strain rate leads to the grain refinement.<br />
However, it is unreasonable to increase the strain<br />
rate in the case of SPD at room temperature. First, upon<br />
cold deformation, unlike hot deformation, an increase in<br />
strain rate insignificantly decreases grain size. Second,<br />
an increase in strain rate causes the formation of surface<br />
cracks and the premature failure of the sample, especially<br />
upon ECA pressing, because of the contact of the sample<br />
with the internal right angle of the die.<br />
Chemical composition<br />
nanostructure formation depends on chemical composition.<br />
During severe deformation at room temperature, the<br />
alloying facilitates grain refinement by slowing down the<br />
diffusion (under high pressure, an appreciable diffusion<br />
takes place even at room temperature [3]), by reducing the<br />
stacking fault energy, as well as by the necessity to apply<br />
higher deforming stresses.<br />
For example, after SPD by torsion under high pressure<br />
at room temperature the grain size in Armco-iron is ~ 200<br />
nm just as in ferritic stainless 18 % Cr - Ti steel - ~ 150<br />
nm [5]. Changes of chemical composition could initiate<br />
phase transformations and change the structure.<br />
Initial state<br />
It is shown that the metastable non-equilibrium initial<br />
state (metastable austenite, quenched oversaturated solid<br />
solution…) results in most grain refinement during SPD<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
at the expense of phase transformations (martensitic transformations,<br />
precipitation and dissolution of carbides…)<br />
and often helps to achieve the nanoscale grain size level<br />
[6]. Austenitic stainless Cr-ni steel undergoes martensitic<br />
transformation during SPD at room temperature [5 - 7].<br />
Martensitic transformation leads to additional grain refinement<br />
and dual phase austenitic - martensitic nanocrystalline<br />
structure exhibits higher thermal stability because the<br />
grain growth of one phase constituent is suppressed by the<br />
other constituent, and vice versa.<br />
Severe deformation of an oversaturated solid solution<br />
can induce its decomposition in course of deformation.<br />
Decomposition of the solid solution can also be initiated<br />
before and after severe deformation. The second phase<br />
particles that have precipitated during heat treatment inhibit<br />
grain growth. Severe low temperature deformation<br />
can lead to dissolution of the precipitates simultaneously<br />
with the formation of nanostructure. The possibility for dis-<br />
solving cementite Fe 3 C particles was demonstrated in cold<br />
rolling of carbon steels with high reductions [8]. Recently,<br />
it was shown the dissolution of carbides in quenched low<br />
carbon 0,2 % C-Mn-b steel [9], and complete dissolution<br />
of cementite Fe 3 C in high carbon 1,2 % C steel [10]. Subsequent<br />
reheating can then result in re-precipitation of the<br />
disperse particles and in stabilization of nanostructure. It<br />
should be noted that the dissolution of the second phase<br />
particles and their ability to stabilize the structure depends<br />
on the size and volume fraction of precipitates.<br />
Pressure<br />
Structure and, correspondingly, strengthening depends<br />
on the pressure applied upon SPD. For example, for the<br />
low-carbon 0,1 % C-Mn-Si steel, just as for the highcarbon<br />
0,8 % C - 6 % W - 5 % Mo steel, an increase in<br />
pressure from 6 to 10 GPa upon room-temperature HPT<br />
leads to a significant strengthening (Figure 2.). Moreover,<br />
for the initially quenched state, the strengthening and the<br />
structure refinement are higher than those observed for the<br />
initially annealed structure.<br />
STRUCTURE AND<br />
PROPERTIES OF STEELS AFTER SPD<br />
Austenitic stainless steels<br />
Different structures can be obtained, depending on<br />
experimental scheme. The limiting structural states are<br />
generally realized upon high-pressure torsion (HPT) since,<br />
in this case, the applied pressure (up to 10 GPa) allows one<br />
to reach a high strain degree [4]. An equal channel angular<br />
pressing (ECAP) as one of the most advantageous SPD<br />
methods allows to prepare nano- and submicrocrystalline<br />
samples as large as of 20 - 40 mm in diameter and 100 - 150<br />
mm in length [2, 11, 12]. The pieces of such size can be<br />
widely used for medical tools and implants; in particular,<br />
they are already tested for titanium [2].<br />
room-temperature deformation of 0,08 % С - 18,3 %<br />
Cr - 9,8 % ni - 0,6 % Ti austenitic steel by high-pressure<br />
torsion (HPT, P = 6 GPa) on the samples of 10 mm in<br />
diameter and 1 mm in thickness leads to the formation of<br />
separated structure elements with high-angle boundaries<br />
already at e = 4,3 (1 revolution) [5, 7]. As a whole, the<br />
oriented structure, which is formed at the initial stages, is<br />
transformed into a rather equiaxed structure upon further<br />
deformation. An average size of structural elements is<br />
about of 50 nm in the 0,08 % С - 18,3 % Cr - 9,8 % ni<br />
- 0,6 % Ti steel after deformation by HPT to e = 5.8 (5<br />
revolutions) (Figure 3.). The character of the selected area<br />
electron-diffraction (SAED) pattern generally indicates a<br />
high-angle misorientation at the boundaries. Therefore, we<br />
can define the obtained structure as nanocrystalline.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 315
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
316<br />
Severe plastic deformation induces a martensitic transformation<br />
in austenitic steels [5 - 7]. The martensite content<br />
in the 0,08 % С - 18,3 % Cr - 9,8 % ni - 0,6 % ti steel<br />
sample was 50 % already at е = 4.3 (1 revolution) and ~<br />
60 % at е = 5,8 (5 revolutions) (Figure 4.) [5]. not only γ<br />
→ α, but also γ →ε → α transformation was revealed. The<br />
X-ray diffraction data on the volume fraction of martensite<br />
were obtained without taking into account for texture [5,<br />
6]. As we determined the martensite content with allowance<br />
for texture formed upon deformation by torsion [7],<br />
the same samples after е = 5,8 (5 revolutions) revealed 80<br />
% rather than 60 % martensite shown earlier [5]. In general,<br />
we note that the difference in the martensite contents in<br />
austenitic steels subjected to SPD is caused not only by<br />
the deformation scheme and applied pressure, but also, to<br />
the greater extent, by the technique of the determination<br />
of the α - phase content.<br />
In any case, SPD leads to the formation of a two-phase<br />
austenitic-martensitic structure, which should increase<br />
the thermal stability of the obtained nanocrystalline steel.<br />
upon heating of the nanocrystalline 0,08 % С - 18,3 % Cr<br />
- 9,8 % ni - 0,6 % Ti steel after SPD by HPT, the initial<br />
grain size of 50 nm remains virtually unchanged up to a<br />
temperature of 400 °C. The grain size slightly increases<br />
(to 250 nm) at 500 °C and begins to intensely grow at<br />
temperatures above 600 °C (Figure 3.) [7].<br />
This corresponds to the changes in the volume fractions<br />
of phase constituents upon heating [7]. The martensite fraction<br />
begins to decrease upon heating above 400 °C. After<br />
heating to 550 °C, the phase composition corresponds to a<br />
ratio 50%:50%. This still suppresses an intense grain growth,<br />
which begins at 600 °C, when the austenite content is ~ 80<br />
%. Upon heating of the nanocrystalline steel to 600 °C, the<br />
grain size is retained in a submicrocrystalline range, remain-<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
ing below 1 µm. After heating to 800 °C, the grain size was<br />
determined by metallographic examination to be ~ 7 µm.<br />
To determine the mechanical characteristics after SPD,<br />
the massive samples were subjected to room-temperature<br />
deformation by ECA pressing, since the samples deformed<br />
by HPT are not suitable for standard mechanical tests.<br />
An opportunity to deform a sample in the ECAP die<br />
without failure is generally determined by the construction<br />
of this die, which is characterized by a decreased friction in<br />
the input channel and a back pressure in the output channel.<br />
The die used in [7] allowed to deform a sample of 0,07 %<br />
С - 17,3 % Cr - 9,2 % ni - 0,7 % ti austenitic steel of 20<br />
mm in diameter and 80 mm in length for four passes, i.e.<br />
n = 4 (one pass at an angle of 90° between channels and<br />
three passes at an angle of 120°), to a true deformation е<br />
= 3,2 at room temperature.<br />
The limiting deformation achieved by ECA pressing of<br />
0,07 % С - 17,3 % Cr - 9,2 % ni - 0,7 % ti steel is much<br />
lower than that achievable by HPT. For this reason, we<br />
failed to obtain an equiaxed structure after ECA pressing.<br />
oriented structure consisting of elements of 100 - 250 nm<br />
in size (a distance between subgrain or grain boundaries)<br />
and separated equiaxed grains of the same size were<br />
observed. Such oriented structure elements are presented<br />
by shear and deformation bands, twins, martensitic plates,<br />
and oriented subgrains (cells) [13]. it is difficult to resolve<br />
the structure type in such a fine structure. the oriented<br />
structures frequently cross one another at an angle. The<br />
nucleation of equiaxed grains can occur also through the<br />
cellular structure. With increasing strain degree, the fraction<br />
of the grained structure increases, but even at n = 4<br />
(е = 3,2), the structure remains far from perfection.<br />
Unlike HPT, ECA pressing under the used conditions<br />
induces a weak martensitic transformation, which becomes<br />
more active only at N = 4, leading to the formation of 45<br />
% martensite [7].<br />
Even the imperfect and oriented submicrocrystalline<br />
structure of 0,07 % С - 17,3 % Cr - 9,2 % ni - 0,7 % ti<br />
steel after ECAP provides a good combination of mechanical<br />
properties. Already at n = 2, the yield strength is 990<br />
MPa at an elongation of 13 % (Table 1.) [7]. The further<br />
deformation up to n = 4 monotonously increases the yield<br />
strength up to 1315 MPa at A = 11 %. To obtain a perfect<br />
nano- or submicrocrystalline structure, one should either<br />
increase the degree of deformation, or heat the obtained<br />
structure. High degree of the achievable deformation and<br />
a high pressure used in [14] resulted in a more perfect<br />
grained structure with a grain size of ~ 100 nm and, correspondingly,<br />
a higher plasticity (A = 27,5 %) at a somewhat<br />
higher strength (R e = 1340 MPa).<br />
Low carbon steels<br />
Cold ECA pressing<br />
A submicrocrystalline structure in bulk billets of low<br />
carbon steels can be produced by equal-channel angular<br />
pressing (ECAP) at reduced deformation temperatures.<br />
However, the lower the deformation temperature, the higher<br />
the deformation required for the formation of high-angle<br />
boundaries, i.e., new grains [15]. The maximum achievable<br />
deformation without failure of a sample upon ECAP<br />
depends substantially on the equipment used, a decrease in<br />
the friction in the channels, and the backpressure [11, 12].<br />
Upon cold ECAP, low-carbon steels can only be subjected<br />
to two or three deformation cycles at the most efficient<br />
angle of channel intersection (90°) without the failure of a<br />
sample, which is insufficient to produce a developed grain<br />
structure [16, 17]. The structure produced consists of cellular<br />
and subgrain regions with a high dislocation density and a<br />
small number of individual submicron grains.<br />
Low carbon 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 %<br />
Ti steel in two initial states: the ferritic-pearlitic state after<br />
hot rolling and the martensitic (bainitic) state produced by<br />
quenching from 925 °C (30 min.) was studied [18]. ECAP<br />
was performed at a channel intersection angle of 90° on<br />
samples 5 mm in diameter and 30 mm in length in two<br />
cycles (n = 2) at room temperature for the initially ferriticpearlitic<br />
state and at n = 2 and T def = 400 °C for the initially<br />
martensitic state, which corresponded to the maximum<br />
possible cold deformation without failure of a sample.<br />
The cold ECAP of the hot rolled and quenched samples<br />
of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel at n<br />
= 2 results in a cellular and subgrain structure (Figures 5.a,<br />
d). There are also areas with both an oriented structure and<br />
equiaxed structural elements, which contain separate grains<br />
with high-angle boundaries. After ECAP of this steel with<br />
the initially ferritic-pearlitic structure the spheroidization of<br />
the cementite plates was observed. The size of the structural<br />
elements is 150 - 350 nm. The fact that the structural elements<br />
in the quenched deformed samples are significantly<br />
smaller than in the hot rolled deformed samples can be<br />
due to an initially higher dislocation density in them. After<br />
10-min heating of the deformed quenched sample at 600<br />
°C, its structure becomes mixed: the partly polygonized<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 317
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
(subgrain) structure has low-angle boundaries, whereas<br />
the partly submicrocrystalline structure has high-angle<br />
grain boundaries (Figure 5.e). The fact that the boundaries<br />
are high-angle is indicated by the characteristic fringe<br />
contrast at the grain boundaries, which is observed upon<br />
an electron-microscopic examination, and the appearance<br />
of individual reflections in diffraction rings. the structures<br />
are mainly oriented. Equiaxed grains and subgrains are, as<br />
a rule, formed inside oriented subgrains. As the temperature<br />
of heating of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 %<br />
Ti steel with the initially quenched structure after ECAP<br />
increases from 600 to 700 °C, the structure becomes not so<br />
oriented and the fraction of grains and their sizes increase<br />
(Figure 5.f). The size of the structural elements increases,<br />
on average, from ~ 0,2 to ~ 0,3µm. The regions with the<br />
oriented structure are retained in a totally equiaxed structure<br />
after heating at 700 °C. Heating after ECAP of the 0,1 %<br />
C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel with the initially<br />
ferritic-pearlitic structure at 600 °C leads to the formation<br />
of an inhomogeneous structure (Figure 5.b). This structure<br />
is mainly oriented and polygonized and has individual<br />
equiaxed grains and subgrains. Areas with a cellular structure<br />
having a high dislocation density are also retained.<br />
Heating of the hot rolled samples after ECAP at 700 °C<br />
results in a grain structure with a grain size of 6 - 12 µm<br />
(Figure 5.c). Unlike heating of the deformed samples with<br />
318<br />
ferritic-pearlitic structure of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1<br />
% V - 0,08 % Ti steel at 700 °C, the formation and retention<br />
of the submicrocrystalline structure with a grain size of ~<br />
300 nm upon heating of the quenched samples of this steel<br />
at 700 °C after ECAP can be explained by (1) the higher<br />
homogeneity of the initial martensite (bainite) structure, (2)<br />
the higher initial dislocation density, and (3) the precipitation<br />
of fine uniformly distributed carbides upon heating.<br />
After two ECAP cycles, the strength properties of the<br />
0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel increase.<br />
Specifically, the yield strength is almost doubled: it increases<br />
from 510 to 1000 MPa for the initially hot rolled samples<br />
and from 600 to 1110 MPa for the initially quenched samples<br />
(Table 2.) [18]. Under these conditions, the ductility A tot<br />
changes only slightly for the initially hot rolled samples<br />
and decreases for the initially quenched samples, which is<br />
likely due to a significant increase in the dislocation density.<br />
In the case of the initially hot rolled samples, a decrease in<br />
the A tot induced by an increase in the dislocation density is<br />
likely to be compensated for by an increase in A because<br />
of the fragmentation and spheroidization of carbides in<br />
the pearlite. Upon heating of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1<br />
% V - 0,08 % Ti steel after ECAP, the strength properties<br />
decrease but in different ways: for the hot rolled samples,<br />
R e decreases by 22 and 42 % upon heating at 600 and 700<br />
°C, respectively, and by 10 and 27 % for the quenched<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
samples upon heating at the same temperatures, respectively.<br />
The R e of the quenched sample of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn<br />
- 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel after ECAP, even upon heating<br />
at 600 °C, retains its high value (R e = 1015 MPa) at the<br />
ductility characteristics A tot = 28 % and Z = 40 %. The total<br />
elongation upon heating of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1<br />
% V - 0,08 % Ti steel after ECAP increases to A tot < 30 %,<br />
except for heating of the hot rolled sample at 700 °C, when<br />
a completely grain structure with a grain size of 6 - 12 µm<br />
provides A tot = 39 %. It should be noted that the values of<br />
uniform elongation A uni are high for the initially quenched<br />
samples after ECAP followed by heating and that those<br />
for the initially hot rolled samples are low. The strength<br />
properties R m and R e are substantially higher in the initially<br />
hot rolled samples of the 0,1 % C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V<br />
- 0,08 % Ti steel after room-temperature ECAP. From the<br />
standpoint of the grain-subgrain structure, we would expect<br />
the best combination of strength and ductility for the 0,1 %<br />
C - 1,6 % Mn - 0,1 % V - 0,08 % Ti steel in the initially hot<br />
rolled samples after ECAP followed by heating at 600 °C<br />
and in the initially quenched samples after ECAP and heating<br />
at 700 °C. In real practice, this combination is reached<br />
immediately after ECAP in the former case and after ECAP<br />
followed by heating at 600 °C in the latter case. Probably,<br />
apart from the grain-subgrain perfection and the dislocation<br />
density, the state of the carbides in the steel also substantially<br />
affects the set of mechanical properties.<br />
Warm ECA pressing<br />
Three low carbon 0,17 % C-, 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn<br />
- 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 %<br />
Si-steels were studied after warm ECA pressing [19]. The<br />
0,17 % C-steel was subjected to ECAP in the hot-rolled<br />
state, whereas the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16<br />
% V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steels were<br />
previously annealed at 950 °C for 30 min and subsequently<br />
cooled in a furnace. In all cases, the steels had a ferriticpearlitic<br />
structure. Warm ECAP of 0,17 % C-steel was<br />
performed at 500 °C, whereas the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn<br />
-0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75<br />
% Si-steels were pressed at 550 °C. The angle of intersection<br />
of the two channels was equal to φ=90°. Samples 20<br />
mm in diameter and 120 mm in length were subjected to<br />
four passes n = 4; the angle of rotation of the samples<br />
about the longitudinal axis between each pass was equal<br />
to 180° (Route C). These conditions provide alternating<br />
strain. Four passes under these conditions correspond to<br />
the maximum strain before failure.<br />
Using optical microscopy it is impossible to reveal<br />
a substructure in the strained elongated ferritic grains<br />
formed in the 0,17 % C-steel samples during warm ECAP<br />
at four passes. Electron microscopic study allowed to find<br />
both ferrite subgrains, which are formed within ferrite<br />
grains and are separated by low-angle boundaries, and a<br />
submicrocrystalline structure characterized by high-angle<br />
grain boundaries (Figure 6.a). The substructure formed<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 319
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
upon dynamic recovery is represented by two different<br />
structures, namely, oriented and relatively equiaxed<br />
structures. The submicrocrystalline structure is formed<br />
within both ferrite grains and pearlite colonies. In both<br />
cases, the sequence of formation of submicron grains is<br />
the same. Within both oriented ferrite subgrains and ferrite<br />
grains that are present between the cementite plates<br />
of pearlite colonies, transverse subboundaries are formed<br />
at the expense of lattice dislocations. Upon subsequent<br />
deformation, square or parallelogram subgrains become<br />
rounded; the subgrain boundary angle increases. Finally,<br />
the process of increasing the subgrain boundary angle is<br />
completed by the formation of submicron grains (less than<br />
1 µm in size). Within the pearlitic colonies, this process is<br />
accompanied by the fragmentation and spheroidization of<br />
cementite plates. The sizes of the grains formed in ferrite<br />
and pearlite are different and determined by the distance<br />
between oriented subboundaries in the ferrite (0,3 - 0,4<br />
µm) and the distance between cementite plates (0,1 - 0,2<br />
µm) in the pearlite colonies, respectively. The average<br />
size of structural elements in the ferrite of the 0,17 %<br />
C-steel subjected to ECAP at T = 500 °C and n = 4 was<br />
measured in the cross section for both the submicrocrystalline<br />
structure and the substructure; it was found to be<br />
0,35 µm. the EbSD study confirmed the presence of two<br />
different structures with low- and high-angle grain boundaries<br />
that are formed within the initial elongated ferrite<br />
grains. It can be assumed that, under these conditions of<br />
ECAP, a completely submicrocrystalline structure can be<br />
formed after a larger number of passes. Using EbSD and<br />
TEM (Figures 6.b, c), a similar data for the samples of<br />
the low-alloy low-carbon 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78<br />
% Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Sisteels<br />
subjected to warm ECAP at 550 °C and n = 4 was<br />
obtained: subgrain and grain structures characterized by<br />
structural elements 0,3 - 0,5 µm in size are formed. The<br />
steels differ in the fractions of low- and high-angle grain<br />
misorientations. All the samples have a mixed recovered<br />
+ submicrocrystalline structure.<br />
The partially submicrocrystalline structure leads to<br />
substantial hardening of the steels as is evidenced by the<br />
similar values of R e and R m (Table 3.) as well as the yield<br />
drop in the stress-strain curve for the 0,17 % C-steel [20].<br />
The yield strength of the 0,17 % C-steel (R e = 840 MPa)<br />
subjected to ECAP is higher than that of the hot-rolled<br />
steel by a factor of almost three; the samples exhibiting<br />
such high yield strength are characterized by rather large<br />
elongation (A = 10 %) [19, 20]. The low-carbon low-alloy<br />
0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23 % C<br />
- 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steels exhibit different hardening<br />
upon warm ECAP (Table 3.) [19]. Even at n = 2, the 0,23<br />
% C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steel exhibits a high yield<br />
strength, which is virtually unchanged at n = 4. The 0,21<br />
% C - 0,89 % Mn - 0.78 % Si - 0,16 % V-steel exhibits a<br />
320<br />
substantial increase in yield strength at n = 4. The yield<br />
strength of the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % S i-0,16<br />
% V- steel subjected to warm ECAP is higher than that of<br />
the 0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steel and is equal<br />
to 1100 MPa. In this case, its ductility is equal to 8 - 10<br />
% (Table 3.). Unfortunately, the steels with the partially<br />
submicrocrystalline structure are characterized by a low<br />
impact toughness kCV at both +20 and –40 °C (Table 3.).<br />
It is likely that the low impact toughness of the steels can<br />
be due to both the mixed structure with a high density of<br />
dislocations in subgrains and the low size of structural<br />
elements, which specifies similar values of R e and R m .<br />
Hot ECA pressing<br />
The 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and<br />
0,23 % C - 1,24 % Mn -0,75 % Si-steels were subjected to<br />
hot ECAP: T = 750 °C, n =4, ϕ = 90° and T = 750 °C, n =<br />
8, ϕ = 110°. The degree of deformation reached after four<br />
and eight passes, which was calculated using the shear-strain<br />
intensity and the Mises equivalent strain, was equal to ~ 4,6<br />
and ~ 6,5, respectively [19]. The calculations show that, if<br />
the angle between the two channels satisfies the inequality<br />
90° < ϕ < 120°, the average pressure and total force upon<br />
simple shear are lower than the corresponding parameters<br />
of the process of equivalent direct pressing by factors of<br />
two to three and 5 - 15, respectively [11]. The samples were<br />
heated to the deformation temperature and held for 30 min.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321
S. V. DobATkIn et al.: nAnoSTRUCTURES bY SEVERE PLASTIC DEFoRMATIon oF STEELS ...<br />
The equipment used for ECAP was heated to 500 - 550 °C.<br />
After each pass at 750 °C, the sample, whose surface was<br />
slightly cooled, was held in a furnace at 750 °C for 10 - 15<br />
min to level off the temperature. because of this, the total<br />
true strain was lower than the calculated value owing to<br />
static polygonization and possible recrystallization upon<br />
holding in the furnace between passes.<br />
Thus, hot ECAP was performed at 750 °C using two<br />
tools with the angles of intersection of two channels ϕ =<br />
110° (n = 8) and ϕ = 90° (n = 4). In the former case, it was<br />
produced a mixed structure consisting of recrystallized 0,3<br />
- 6 µm grains and ~ 0,5 µm subgrains, which was confirmed<br />
by both TEM and EbSD analysis. The structure formed in<br />
the 0,21 % C - 0,89 % Mn - 0,78 % Si - 0,16 % V- and 0,23<br />
% C - 1,24 % Mn - 0,75 % Si-steels steels after hot ECAP<br />
at ϕ = 110° provides their hardening to R e > 800 MPa at an<br />
elongation A = 10 - 15 %. Moreover, the samples exhibit<br />
a rather high impact toughness at +20 and –40 °C (Table<br />
3.). Upon hot ECAP at ϕ = 90° (n = 4), a polygonized<br />
structure is predominantly formed, thus providing higher<br />
hardening; the steel exhibits R e = 905 MPa and A = 13 %<br />
at a high impact toughness (Table 3.). It is known that the<br />
degree of deformation that is needed for dynamic recrystallization<br />
decreases with increasing deformation temperature.<br />
Therefore, a completely recrystallized grain structure can be<br />
expected to form at a very high degree of deformation; it is<br />
calculated to be ε = 4,6 at ϕ = 90° and ε = 6,5 at ϕ = 110°.<br />
It is likely that the calculated degree of deformation does<br />
not correspond to the real degree of deformation because<br />
of static polygonization and, possibly, recrystallization that<br />
occur upon heating between ECAP passes. Thus, we failed<br />
to produce a uniform submicrocrystalline structure with a<br />
grain size of less than 1 µm by hot ECAP. However, the<br />
formation of a predominantly subgrain structure allowed us<br />
to substantially increase the impact toughness (at +20 and<br />
–40 °C) of the steels (as compared to the steels after warm<br />
ECAP) at high retained hardening (Table 3.).<br />
CONCLUSIONS<br />
Severe plastic deformation (SPD) of steels results<br />
in grain refinement down to nanoscale. Structure is<br />
characterized by low density of internal dislocation and<br />
non-equilibrium state of grain boundaries. Such structure<br />
leads to high strength and sufficient ductility. bulk nano-<br />
and submicrocrystalline steels in equilibrium state could<br />
be obtained by SPD and subsequent heating. A wide application<br />
of bulk nanomaterials is thought to be limited<br />
by the following causes: the whole set of mechanical and<br />
service properties, including fracture toughness, impact<br />
toughness, fatigue strength, corrosion resistance, etc., are<br />
poorly known; the sizes of prepared billets are relatively<br />
small; the production cost is high; there are no industrial<br />
technologies for producing massive products with a homogeneous<br />
structure.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] T. C. Lowe, R. Z. Valiev (Eds): Investigations and Applications<br />
of Severe Plastic Deformation, kluwer Academic Publishing,<br />
Dordrecht, The netherlands, 2000, p. 395.<br />
[2] R. Z. Valiev, I. V. Alexandrov: nanostructured Materials obtained<br />
by Severe Plastic Deformation, Logos, Moscow, 2000, p. 272 (in<br />
Russian).<br />
[3] V. M. Farber, MiToM (2002) 8, 3 - 9 (in Russian).<br />
[4] S. S. Gorelik, S. V. Dobatkin and L. M. kaputkina: Recrystallization<br />
of Metals and Alloys, MISIS, Moscow, 2005, p. 432 (in<br />
Russian).<br />
[5] S. V. Dobatkin, R. Z. Valiev, L. M. kaputkina et al. Proceedings,<br />
Forth International Conference on Recrystallization and Related<br />
Phenomena (REX’99), Tsukuba City, Japan, 1999, T. Sakai, H.<br />
G.Suzuki (ed.) JIM (1999) 13, 907 - 912.<br />
[6] S. V. Dobatkin: Ultrafine Grained Materials II; Y.T.Zhu,<br />
T.G.Langdon, R.S.Mishra, S. L. Semiatin, M. J. Saran and T. C.<br />
Lowe (ed.), TMS (The Minerals, Metals & Materials Society) 2002,<br />
183 - 192.<br />
[7] o. V. Rybal’chenko, S. V. Dobatkin, L. M. kaputkina et al., Mat.<br />
Sci. Eng. A387-389 (2004), 244 - 248.<br />
[8] V. n. Gridnev, V. G. Gavrilyuk, Metallofizika 4 (1982) 3, 74 - 87<br />
(in Russian).<br />
[9] M. V. Degtyarev, T. I. Chashchukhina, L. M. Voronova et al, Fiz.<br />
Met. Metalloved. 77 (1994) 2, 141 - 146 (in Russian).<br />
[10] A. V. korznikov, Yu. V. Ivanisenko, I. M. Safarov, et al., Metally<br />
(1994) 1, 91 - 97 (in Russian).<br />
[11] V. M. Segal, V. I. Reznikov, V. I. kopylov, et al., Structure Formation<br />
in Metals, nauka i Tekhnika, Minsk, 1994, p. 232 (in Russian).<br />
[12] V. Segal, Mater, Sci. Eng. 338A (2002), 331 - 344.<br />
[13] A. M. Patselov, V. P. Pilyugin, E. G. Chernyshov et al.: Structure<br />
and Properties of nanocrystalline Materials, n. noskova, G. Taluts<br />
(ed.), Ekaterinburg 1999, 37 - 44 (in Russian).<br />
[14] I. I. kositsyna, V. V. Sagaradze, V. I. kopylov, FMM 88 (1999) 5,<br />
84 - 94 (in Russian).<br />
[15] S. V. Dobatkin: Investigations and Applications of Severe Plastic<br />
Deformation, T. C. Lowe, R. Z. Valiev (ed.), nATo Science Series,<br />
kluwer Academic Publishers, netherlands, 2000, 13 - 22.<br />
[16] Y. Fukuda, k. oh-ishi, Z. Horita, T. Langdon, Acta Mater. 50<br />
(2002), 1359 - 1368.<br />
[17] J. kim, I. kim, and D. H. Shin, Scr. Mater. 45 (2001), 421 - 426.<br />
[18] S. M. L. Sastry, S. V. Dobatkin, S. V. Sidorova, Metally (2004) 2,<br />
28 - 35 (in Russian).<br />
[19] S. V. Dobatkin, P. D. odesskii, R. Pippan, et al., Metally (2004) 1,<br />
110 - 119 (in Russian).<br />
[20] S. V. Dobatkin, R. Z. Valiev, n. A. krasilnikov and V.n. konenkova,<br />
Proceedings, Forth International Conference on Recrystallization<br />
and Related Phenomena (REX’99), Tsukuba City, Japan, 1999, T.<br />
Sakai, H. G. Suzuki (ed.), JIM (1999) 13, 913 - 918.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 313-321 321
Časopis Metalurgija objavljuje članke iz područja metalurgije<br />
i srodnih područja (fizike, kemije, kemijskog inženjerstva,<br />
strojarstva, zaštite okoliša i dr.) ako su zanimljivi sa stanovišta<br />
metalurgije.<br />
Članak treba biti napisan i pripremljen u skladu s prema slijedećim<br />
naputcima:<br />
- članak mora biti neobjavljen te uredno pripremljen za tisak,<br />
- članci se tiskaju latinicom, na hrvatskom (=163.42), engleskom<br />
(=111) ili njemačkom jeziku (=111.2). Radovi moraju biti<br />
napisani na standardnom književnom jeziku,<br />
- članci se pišu na računalu, s jedne strane papira formata A4 (30<br />
do 32 retka s približno 60 slovnih mjesta po retku). Tekst treba<br />
biti pisan u Wordu slovima Times New Roman veličine znakova<br />
12. Opseg članka ograničen je na 10 stranica (do približno<br />
18 000 slovnih mjesta) uključujući slikovne materijale i<br />
tablice. To iznosi maksimalno 4 stranice u časopisu i autori su<br />
strogo dužni o tome voditi računa. Samo iznimno uredništvo<br />
može prihvatiti i nešto opsežnije rukopise,<br />
- članke treba pisati u trećem licu, pridržavajući se zakonskih<br />
standarda i INDOK propisa. Autori su obvezni pisati metrološki<br />
korektno koristeći odgovarajuće nazivlje Obvezna je<br />
primjena SI jedinica. Popis upotrebljenih simbola i skraćenica<br />
potrebno je odvojeno priložiti s nazivima i koherentnim SI<br />
jedinicama,<br />
- dijagrami trebaju biti izrađeni pomoću nekog programskog<br />
paketa, najpoželjnije u Corel Draw. Veličina opisnog znakovlja<br />
treba biti tako odabrana da nakon umanjenja slike na 8 cm svako<br />
veliko latinično slovo bude visoko 2 mm. Dijagrami i tablice<br />
te opisi slika i tablica na hrvatskom i engleskom (njemačkom)<br />
jeziku šalju se na posebnim stranicama i odvojeni od teksta,<br />
- simboli fizičkih veličina pišu se kosim velikim i malim<br />
slovima, a jedinice uspravnim slovima,<br />
- naslov i sažetak do najviše 110 riječi, te ključne riječi (najviše<br />
5) na hrvatskom i engleskom (njemačkom) jeziku i<br />
UDK broj trebaju biti odvojeno priloženi. Za autore izvan<br />
Hrvatske prijevod naslova, sažetka, ključnih riječi te opisa<br />
slika i tablica na hrvatski jezik sačinit će uredništvo,<br />
- literaturu je potrebno numerirati prema redoslijedu pojavljivanja<br />
u članku, a njen broj unijeti u tekst na odgovarajućem<br />
mjestu u uglatoj zagradi. Citira se prema slijedećim uputama<br />
i primjerima:<br />
- knjiga: inicijali imena i prezime svih autora, naslov knjige,<br />
izdavač, mjesto izdavanja, godina izdavanja, stranice<br />
od-do s naznakom”str..”. Primjer: F. Habashi, A Textbook<br />
of Hydrometallurgy, Metallurgy Extractive Quebec,<br />
Quebec, 1993, str. 341-367 i 412,<br />
- članak u časopisu: inicijali imena i prezime autora, naslov<br />
časopisa, volumen (masno), godina izdanja (u okrugloj<br />
zagradi), broj (ako je kontinuirana paginacija nije obvezatno),<br />
stranica od-do. Primjer: G. G. Schlomchak, I. Mamuzić,<br />
F. Vodopivec, Materials Science and Technology, 11<br />
(1995) 3, 312-316,<br />
- članak u knjizi, enciklopediji, leksikonu: inicijali imena<br />
i prezime autora, naslov članka, naslov knjige, inicijali<br />
imena i prezime urednika (uz naznaku “ured” u okrugloj<br />
zagradi), svezak uz naznaku “sv.”, izdavač, mjesto izdavanja,<br />
godina izdavanja, stranice od-do s naznakom “str.”<br />
Primjeri: Du. Maljković, Da. Maljković, A. Paulin, Extraction<br />
of Chlorometallic Acids with Mixed Soilvents Ether,<br />
UPUTE AUTORIMA<br />
U svrhu daljnjeg poboljšanja razine i izgleda časopisa Metalurgija ranije upute autorima su nadopunjene, pa se autori<br />
umoljavaju da rukopise priprave prema novim uputama.<br />
- Alcohol u Solvent Extraction in the Process Industries,<br />
D. H. Logsdail, M. J. Slater (ured.), sv. 3, Elsevier Applied<br />
Science, London, 1993. str. 1361-1368 ili P. Matković,<br />
Tvrdi metali u Tehnička enciklopedija (D. Štefanović,<br />
ured.), sv. 13, Leksikografski zavod “Miroslav Krleža”,<br />
Zagreb, 1997, str. 278-282,<br />
- članak u zborniku radova skupa: inicijali imena i prezime<br />
autora u naslov zbornika (uključuje naziv zbornika<br />
i/ili naziv skupa uz naznaku “Zbornik” te mjesto i godinu<br />
održavanja ako su različiti od mjesta i godine izdavanja<br />
zbornika), inicijali imena i prezime urednika, ako je<br />
naveden naznakom “Ured.” u okrugloj zagradi, izdavač,<br />
mjesto izdavanja, godina izdavanja, stranice od-do s naznakom<br />
“str.”. Primjeri: F. Unkić u Zbornik, 34. livarsko<br />
posvetovanje s sodelovanjem držav heksagonale, Društvo<br />
livarjev Slovenije, Portorož, 1993, str. 213-223 ili<br />
G. M. Ritcey, Zbornik, International Solvent Extraction<br />
Conference, Barcelona , 1999, M. Cox, M. Hidalgo, M.<br />
Valiente (Ured.), sv. 1, Soc. Chem. Ind., London, 2001,<br />
str. 519-523,<br />
- patent: inicijali imena i prezime autora ili naziv pravne<br />
osobe vlasnika patenta, naslov patenta, zemlja patenta<br />
s brojem patenta ili prijave patenta, datum u okrugloj<br />
zagradi. Primjer: V. Logomerac, PELOFOS, Talijanski<br />
patent No. 764917 (15.05.1967.).<br />
Literatura se citira na jeziku na kojem je objavljena. Literatura<br />
objavljena na nelatiničnom pismu se prevodi na lati-nicu<br />
u skladu s uobičajenim pravilima.<br />
Časopis Metalurgija razvrstava radove u slijedeće kategorije:<br />
- izvorni znanstveni rad, u kojem se iznose rezultati istraživanja<br />
na takav način da ih se može ponoviti ili podvrgnuti jednoznačnoj<br />
provjeri,<br />
- prethodno priopćenje, u kojem se iznose dotad neobjavljeni<br />
izvorni rezultati još nedovršenih istraživanja ili najavljuje neka<br />
nova znanstvena spoznaja koja zahtijeva brzo objavljivanje,<br />
- pregledni rad, u kojem se iznosi originalan, kritički i sažet<br />
prikaz nekog područja ili njegovog dijela, u kojem autor i sam<br />
djeluje tako da je vidljiv njegov izvorni doprinos,<br />
- strukovni rad, u kojem se daje koristan prilog iz određene<br />
struke na osnovu vlastitog iskustva i primjene već poznatih<br />
rezultata istraživanja,<br />
- prikaz, u kojem se daje opis nekog znanstvenog ili stručnog<br />
događaja (održanog skupa, predstavljene knjige i sl.).<br />
Sve kategorije radova osim preglednog rada i prikaza trebaju<br />
sadržavati uobičajena poglavlja: Uvod (svrha rada i stanje dosadašnjih<br />
istraživanja), Eksperimentalni dio (metodika i tehnika<br />
rada), Rezultati i diskusija, Zaključci, Zahvala, Popis literature,<br />
Popis simbola, kratica, i akronima.<br />
Autor uz svoj rukopis daje i prijedlog kategorizacije te navodi<br />
izvorni doprinos članka. Konačnu odluku o kategorizaciji daju<br />
recenzenti. Rukopisi se ne vraćaju. Ukoliko je autor nezadovoljan<br />
kategorizacijom može opozvati svoj članak iz časopisa.<br />
Radovi koji nisu pripravljeni dosljedno u skladu s uputama<br />
neće biti razmatrani.<br />
Radovi se dostavljaju u dvije kopije, te u elektroničkoij verziji<br />
na CD-u, s naznakom adrese i elektroničke pošte autora za korespodenciju<br />
na adresu uredništva:<br />
10 000 Zagreb, Berislavićeva 6, Hrvatska (Croatia).
J. J. Zrník, ZRnIk I. et MAMuZIć, al.: REcEnT S. V. pRoGREss DobAtkInIn<br />
hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
Issn 0543-5846<br />
METAbk 45 (4) 323-331 (2006)<br />
UDc - UDk 669.14.018.293:669.1.017:620.186.1:620.17=111<br />
Recent pRogRess in high stRength low caRbon steels<br />
J. Zrník, Comtes FHt, Ltd., Plzen, Czech republic, I. Mamuzić, Faculty<br />
of Metallurgy university of Zagreb, Sisak, Croatia, S. V. Dobatkin, A. A.<br />
baikov Institute of Metallurgy and Materials Science, russian Academy<br />
of sciences, Moscow, Russia<br />
Received - primljeno: 2005-10-13<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-04-20<br />
Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />
Advanced High Strength (AHS) steels, among them especially Dual Phase (DP) steels, Transformation Induced<br />
Plasticity (TRIP) steels, Complex Phase (CP) steels, Partially Martensite (PM) steels, feature promising results in<br />
the field. Their extraordinary mechanical properties can be tailored and adjusted by alloying and processing. The<br />
introduction of steels with a microstructure consisting at least of two different components has led to the enlargement<br />
of the strength level without a deterioration of ductility. Furthermore, the development of ultra fine-grained<br />
AHS steels and their service performance are reviewed and new techniques are introduced. Various projects<br />
have been devoted to develop new materials for flat and long steel products for structural applications. The main<br />
stream line is High Strength, in order to match the weight lightening requirements that concern the whole class of<br />
load bearing structures and/or steel components and one of the most investigated topics is grain refinement.<br />
Key words: high strength steels, phases, microstructure, mechanical properties, formability<br />
Najnoviji napredak kod visokočvrstih niskougljičnih čelika. Progresivni visokočvrsti čelici (AHS), među<br />
njima osobito dvofazni čelici (DP), čelici s plastičnošću induciranom transformacijom (TRIP), čelici sa složenom<br />
fazom (CP), čelici s djelomičnim udjelom martenzita (PM), daju na tom polju obećavajuće rezultate. Njihova<br />
izvanredna mehanička svojstva mogu se programirati i prilagoditi legiranjem i obradom. Uvođenjem čelika čija<br />
se mikrostruktura sastoji od barem dvije različite komponente dovelo je do povećanja razine čvrstoće a da<br />
nije došlo do narušavanja kovkosti. Nadalje, daje se pregled razvoja ultra sitnozrnih progresivno visokočvrstih<br />
čelika i njihovih radnih karakteristika te se uvode nove tehnike. Razni projekti su imali zadatak da razviju nove<br />
materijale za pljosnate i duge čelične proizvode za konstrukcijsku primjenu. Glavna nakana je da se postigne<br />
visoka čvrstoća i tako zadovolje zahtjevi za smanjenjem težine koje se odnose na cijelu klasu opterećenih<br />
konstrukcija i/ili čeličnih komponenti, a jedan od najistraživanijih problema je sitnozrnost.<br />
Ključne riječi: visokočvrsti čelici, faze, mikrostruktura, mehanička svojstva, oblikovnost<br />
Development of ahss<br />
conventional high strength steels were manufactured<br />
by adding the alloying elements such as nb, ti, V, and/or<br />
p in low carbon or IF (interstitial free) steels. These steels<br />
can be manufactured under the relatively simple processing<br />
conditions and have widely been applied for weight reduction.<br />
however, as the demands for weight reduction are<br />
further increased, new families of high strength steel have<br />
been developed. These new steels grades include Dp (dual<br />
phase), trIP (transformation induced plasticity), Fb (ferrite-bainite),<br />
cp (complex phase) and TwIp (twin induced<br />
plasticity) steels. the critical parts of the manufacture of<br />
the steels is to control the processing conditions so that the<br />
microstructure and, hence, the strength-elongation balance<br />
could be optimized. Various high added value products<br />
are developed to satisfy increasing customer demands, as<br />
shown in Figure 1. [1 - 3].<br />
The terminus high strength steel (hss) is used for<br />
cold formable steels if the minimum yield strength of the<br />
respective steel grade is between 210 and 550 Mpa. If the<br />
minimum yield strength is higher than 550 MPa, these<br />
grades are called ultra-high strength steels (Uhss) [2]:<br />
min.R e hss 210 – 550 Mpa, R m > 550 Mpa<br />
numerous high strength steels have been developed in<br />
the last 25 years. the conventional mechanisms to increase<br />
the strengthening steel such as solid solution hardening or<br />
precipitation strengthening are accompanied by a noticeably<br />
inferior formability.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 323
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
conventional high strength steels (hs) in order of<br />
increasing strength are listed in Table 1. together with<br />
advanced high strength steels (Ahs) and high manganese<br />
steels (hM). Ahs steels is a general term used to describe<br />
various families of steels.<br />
Ahs steels are multiphase<br />
which contain phases like<br />
martensite, bainite, and<br />
retained austenite in sufficient<br />
quantities to produce<br />
unique mechanical properties.<br />
The introduction of a<br />
new group of steels with<br />
microstructure consisting<br />
of at least two different<br />
components has led to an<br />
enlargement of the strength<br />
level without a deterioration<br />
of ductility.<br />
recently, new group of<br />
austenitic steels with high<br />
manganese contents has<br />
been developed for automotive<br />
use. These are high<br />
manganese steels (hMs)<br />
which combine and provide<br />
excellent combination of<br />
mechanical properties with<br />
an alloying concept less<br />
expensive than conventional<br />
or new high strength<br />
austenitic stainless steels.<br />
this group is divided into transformation induced plasticity<br />
steels (HMS-trIP) and twinning induced plasticity steels<br />
(hMs-TwIp) due to the characteristic phenomena occurring<br />
during plastic deformation.<br />
the different steel grades for car body use can be characterised<br />
by their microstructure or their alloying concept<br />
as shown in Table 2. [1].<br />
324<br />
typical mechanical property ranges of these different<br />
steels are presented in Figure 2. It can be seen that the<br />
strength-ductility relationship of AHS steels is improved<br />
compared to HS steels. the recently developed HM steels<br />
show extraordinary strength-ductility relationships with a<br />
product R m × A 80 up to 40 000 Mpa % [4, 5].<br />
the AHS steels are characterized by the combination<br />
of different phases with regard to microstructure description.<br />
Smaller constituents like precipitates of microalloying<br />
elements are not considered to be isolated phases in<br />
this respect.<br />
while single phase microstructers in mild steels can<br />
be simply described by grain size and grain shape, dual<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
phase, duplex, and multiphase microstructures need additional<br />
features for quantification i.e.:<br />
- volume fraction of different phases,<br />
- grain size of each phase,<br />
- hardness ration of the hard and the soft phase,<br />
- local chemical composition,<br />
- mechanical stability of the metastable phase.<br />
typical microstructure features of different single and<br />
multiphase steels are summarized in Table 5. The Dp and<br />
trIP steels are characterized by a medium ferrite grain<br />
size which, to some extent, can be refined by a controlled<br />
transformation of the super cooled austenite. both steels<br />
contain finely distributed islands of the second phase with<br />
extraordinary small island diameters between 1 and 4 mm.<br />
Dual phase steels<br />
Among Ahs steels, dual phase steels are gaining the<br />
widest usage among automakers. this is because they<br />
provide an excellent combination of strength and ductility<br />
while at the same time they are widely available due to the<br />
relative ease of manufacture. The following Table 3. is a<br />
summary of the dual phase product property requirements.<br />
requirements for the same product sometimes vary widely;<br />
hence only representative property targets are listed.<br />
All the steels developed are based on annealing in<br />
the two phase (intercritical) temperature region and the<br />
consequent increase in carbon content in austenite comparison<br />
with the average carbon content in the steel. Thus,<br />
as shown in Figure 3, carbon in austenite at a lower intercritical<br />
temperature cg 2 , is higher than carbon at a higher<br />
temperature, cg 1 , at the same total steel carbon content.<br />
The comparison of ccT diagrams after intercritical<br />
annealing with CCt of the same steel after annealing in γ<br />
region, i.e. after complete austenitization, displays some<br />
critical features of their difference shown in Figure 4.<br />
[6]. higher carbon content in austenite after intercritical<br />
annealing results in a significant shift of pearlite transformation<br />
towards lower temperature and slower cooling<br />
rates. It is clear that the relative fraction of the formed<br />
ferrite always increase, and significantly at certain cooling<br />
rates. the intercritical annealing is not confined only to<br />
higher carbon, in comparison with the fully austenitized<br />
condition. The acceleration of “new ferrite” formation<br />
due to the presence of pre-existing phase boundaries and<br />
corresponding repartitioning of carbon has very important<br />
consequences for production of Dp and TRIp steels.<br />
The cold rolled dual phase steels have been developed<br />
using advantages of the water quench continuous annealing.<br />
It is clear from Figure 3. the closer to A c1 the annealing<br />
temperatures are, the higher carbon content is in austenite<br />
(cg) and higher its hardenability. thus, effect of annealing<br />
temperature (T an ) and cooling rate are interrelated. The<br />
lower the T an in the a + g region is and therefore the higher<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 325
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
cg, the lower the permissible cooling rate is that allows<br />
martensite transformation while avoiding pearlite and/or<br />
bainite transformation. Direct quenching from intercritical<br />
temperature range allows achieving the steels of very high<br />
strength without expensive alloying. by water quenching<br />
but without initial slow cooling, any desired volume fraction<br />
of martensite, which will be equal to the amount of<br />
formed austenite can be obtained [7]. The combination<br />
of beneficial features, especially in R e /R m ratio and partly<br />
in elongation, can be achieved using interrupted cooling<br />
cycle involving direct quenching and relatively slow initial<br />
cooling. Figure 5. presents effects of quenching tempera-<br />
326<br />
ture T q and various annealing temperatures on properties<br />
of Dp steel. similar results were presented for various<br />
amounts of c and Mn in work [8]. As shown, the lower the<br />
annealing temperature (higher austenite stability), is the<br />
larger plateau of quenching temperature is where there are<br />
no hanges in volume fraction of martensite and therefore<br />
Ts occur. Representative microstructures for two of the<br />
steels grades cR 590 Dp and cR 980 Dp are presented<br />
in Figure 6. [19].<br />
A scheme of the metallurgical concept of obtaining<br />
dual phase steel structure after galvannealing is presented<br />
in Figure 7. Intercritical annealing can be used to obtain<br />
austenite enriched by carbon. the basic idea is to have<br />
such combination of c and Mn content as to ensure a<br />
very high stability of gamma phase, sufficient to prevent<br />
any decomposition of austenite during galvanizing and/or<br />
galvannealing. the final austenite to martensite transformation<br />
should take place during final air cooling. However,<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
the higher the galvannealing temperature is, the more are<br />
chances that the remaining austenite would decompose<br />
partly by bainite reaction prior martensite transformation<br />
during final air cooling.<br />
Additional contribution to enrichment of austenite by<br />
carbon takes place during the initial slow cooling from<br />
galvannealing temperature, when “new ferrite” formation<br />
initiates from austenite at sufficiently high temperatures.<br />
At slow cooling a near-equilibrium carbon redistribution<br />
from ferrite to remaining austenite can be achieved. This<br />
phenomenon has some important practical consequences<br />
such as significant decreasing the sensitivity of the final<br />
structure and properties to annealing temperature [9]. In<br />
fact, the higher the annealing temperature and higher the<br />
amount of initial austenite, is the lower is its stability due<br />
to its lower carbon content and the greater the amount of<br />
“new ferrite” formation. the typical microstructure of<br />
coated dual phase steels is presented in Figure 8.a [19].<br />
concerning galvanized steels (GI in Table 3.) the dual<br />
phase structure can be obtained using the same concept<br />
shown in Figure 7. the key factor of this approach is<br />
sufficient, rather high steel alloying (> 2 % Mn and/or<br />
additions of Cr, Mo, V, which are ferrite stabilizers). on<br />
the other side, such alloying can result in welding problems.<br />
At the same time, the contribution to strengthening<br />
by Si addition provides the same product strength at less<br />
martensite volume fraction and also gives an additional<br />
option to decrease the content of carbon or alloying elements<br />
that could negatively affect carbon equivalent and,<br />
therefore, weldability of steel [10]. typical microstructure<br />
of GI steels contains a dominant portion of martensite with<br />
a very small portion of bainite as strengthening phase in<br />
ferrite matrix is presented in Figure 8.b [19].<br />
multiphase steels<br />
Multiphase steels, also referred to as complex phase<br />
steels, provide higher level of yield strength at the same<br />
comparable tensile strength levels of dual phase steels.<br />
to obtain the high YS/tS ratio, different metallurgical<br />
principles need to be used for cold rolled and for galvannealed<br />
products. For cold rolled steels, achievement of<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 327
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
higher R e /R m ratio of > 0,7 is possible with a higher overage<br />
temperature on a appropriate dual phase structure.<br />
For galvannealed steels, however, higher R e cannot be<br />
328<br />
obtained from an initial dual phase structure since in the<br />
galvannealing process, martensite is formed only in the<br />
final step of air cooling and no further overageing is possible.<br />
the only way to gain yield strength in galvannealed<br />
multiphase structure is to obtain appropriate mixture of<br />
pearlite, bainite as well as ferrite straightened by grain<br />
refinement and precipitation strengthening by nb. typical<br />
mechanical properties of cold rolled and galvannealed<br />
multiphase steels are given in Table 5. and structures are<br />
displayed in Figure 9. [19].<br />
A wide range of properties can be obtained with the<br />
same chemical composition only by adjusting the volume<br />
fraction of the second phases [14, 15]. steels with ferriticpearlitic<br />
dual phase structure give properties inferior to<br />
those having a ferritic-martensitic structure. The general<br />
trend is an increase of yield and tensile strength with rising<br />
volume fractions of the harder phase.<br />
The microstructure of multiphase steels compared to<br />
the single phase microstructures of most cold formable<br />
steels requires additional information such as volume<br />
fraction, size, distribution, and morphology of the different<br />
phases, Figure 10.<br />
while single phase microstructures in mild steel<br />
can be simply described by grain size and grain shape,<br />
multiphase microstructures need additional features for<br />
quantification i.e. volume fraction of different phases,<br />
grain size of each phase, hardness ratio of the hard and<br />
the soft phase, local chemical composition, and mechanical<br />
stability of the metastable phases. Concerning<br />
individual specific steels, including dual phase, duplex,<br />
trIP, partly martensitic steels and complex steels, the<br />
different characteristics of phases the structure consists<br />
of are required to define specific role of individual phase<br />
in multiphase structure and its contribution to mechanical<br />
properties.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
tRip steels<br />
trIP steels, based on transformation induced plasticity<br />
effect, offer the highest combination of strength and elongation,<br />
which is measure of high level energy absorption [13].<br />
Simultaneously, trIP steels display high n-value strengthening<br />
coefficient up to the limit of uniform elongation as<br />
shown in Figure 11. [14]. In addition, they also show high<br />
bake hardening compared to dual phase steels [15].<br />
these steels belong to AHS group and they are characterised<br />
by the combination of different phases with regard<br />
to the light optical microstructure description. smaller<br />
constituents like precipitates of microalloying elements<br />
are not considered to be isolated phases. The TRIp and Dp<br />
steels are characterized by medium ferrite grain size which,<br />
to some extent, can be refined by a controlled transformation<br />
of super cooled austenite. both steels contain finely<br />
distributed small islands of second phase with diameters<br />
between 1 and 4 mm.<br />
Among the noticeable microstructural parameters<br />
which affect the mechanical properties of TRIp steels are:<br />
martensite volume fraction, martensite island diameter,<br />
ferrite grain size, retained austenite volume fraction and<br />
bainite morphology and packet size. the typical microstructure<br />
features of different single and multiphase steels<br />
are summarized in Table 5. [14].<br />
Various processing routes for trIP steels are either<br />
already in use or are subject to discussion depending on<br />
the product [15]. The use of strip caster for processing<br />
of high alloy steels has been put to industrial practice<br />
already, while for low alloy multiphase and trIP steels<br />
this is still a matter of current research. special attention<br />
has to be paid to the cooling strategy when producing<br />
hot rolled multiphase steels. After solutioning and different<br />
steps of rolling in roughing and finishing mill the<br />
microstructure and the mechanical properties are finally<br />
adjusted in the cooling section. A variation of the cooling<br />
intensity and the coiling temperature allows to change the<br />
transformation behaviour and to vary the strength level.<br />
The temperature-time schedule for the production of hot<br />
rolled dual phase and trIP steels by continuous processing<br />
is shown in Figure 12.<br />
After cold rolling, to developed multiphase structure<br />
with TRIp effect in steel, the strip has to undergo a heat<br />
treatment that can be realized in continuous annealing lines<br />
and hot dip galvanising lines, Figure 13. Low alloy trIP<br />
steels are subjected to a two step heat treatment with critical<br />
annealing in the temperature range 780 - 880 °c, fast<br />
cooling and another isothermal annealing between 350 -<br />
500 °C and followed by slow cooling to room temperature.<br />
The microstructure after intercritical annealing contains<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 329
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
almost identical volume fractions of ferrite and austenite.<br />
During the second isothermal holding the austenite is<br />
mostly transformed to bainite with final retained austenite<br />
volume fraction of 5 to 15 %. typical microstructures of<br />
trIP steels developed by different etching procedure are<br />
presented in Figure 13.a, b.<br />
The description of the production process requires the<br />
strict control of the process parameters, which is necessary<br />
in order to produce the desired microstructure and<br />
mechanical properties. TRIp aided steels are developed<br />
because of their attractive combination of high strength<br />
together with high ductility and remarkable strain hardening<br />
[16, 17]. It is the strain hardening behaviour and the<br />
temperature sensitivity of these steels which distinguishes<br />
TRIp aided steels from conventional cold formable steels.<br />
A strong temperature dependence of the strain hardening<br />
was observed for all TRIp aided steels [18]. Due to the<br />
strain induced formation of martensite the mechanical<br />
properties of trIP steels respond sensitively and change<br />
in a wide range if the test temperature is changed. The<br />
definition of optimised structure of trIP steels for different<br />
forming operations or forming parameters will need a<br />
more thorough and quantitative understanding of the temperature<br />
and stress state dependencies and microstructural<br />
features responsible for these.<br />
maRtensitic steels<br />
Using water quenching in a continuous annealing<br />
line, steels with 100 % martensite can be produced. These<br />
steels offer very high strength although ductility is lower<br />
than other Ahs steels. The strength of these steel is controlled<br />
by the carbon content and complete austenitizing<br />
temperature is used to obtain a fully martensitic structure.<br />
The selection of martensitic steels in production and their<br />
330<br />
mechanical properties are given in Table 6. Martensitic<br />
steels have also been in use for bumpers and door beams<br />
for some time now [19].<br />
conclusion<br />
Advanced high strength steels are defined according<br />
to their microstructural features. they offer extraordinary<br />
strength-ductility relationship and are thus of prime interest<br />
for automotive applications. Matching exact mechanical<br />
properties of the intended steel grades the critical forming<br />
mode requires an added level of steel suppliers’ knowledge.<br />
the advance AHS steels have been broadly applied<br />
to various automotive parts over the last few years. the<br />
advanced dual and multiphase steels are already used in<br />
production vehicles starting as early as 2005. Producing<br />
companies have developed various hot and cold rolled<br />
AHS steels and continue to develope new types of steels<br />
in response to automotive demands for additional Ahs<br />
steels capabilities. The next generation of Ahs steels is<br />
likely to be a new class of steels based on tWin induced<br />
plasticity, called tWIP steels. these offer very high<br />
elongations of 60 - 80 % at comparable strength levels.<br />
Since the trial of tWIP was successfully produced a decade<br />
ago, the productivity improvement for cold and hot<br />
rolled strips is now under way. the optimum materials for<br />
each automotive part can be efficiently determined with<br />
the help of the steel suppliers, since this provides critical<br />
tips for successful forming of parts in many cases. As a<br />
partner of automaker the steel supplier participates in the<br />
full automobile production process, and must be ready to<br />
share risks involved in the applications of new steels in<br />
combination with advanced forming technologies.<br />
RefeRences<br />
[1] w. bleck, phiu-on, Iron & steel suplement 40 (2005), 91.<br />
[2] w. bleck, proc. of International conference on TRIp Aided high<br />
Strength Ferrous Alloys, 2002, Ghent, 247.<br />
[3] J. s. kim, J.h. chung, posco Technical Report (1997) 2, 180.<br />
[4] h. hofman, s. Goeklue, J. Gerlach, U. bruex, proceedings ID-<br />
DrG International Deep Drawing 2004 Conference, Sindelfinden,<br />
Germany, 270.<br />
[5] r. Viscorova, J. Wendelsrorf, k. H. Spitzer, J. kross, V. Flaxa,<br />
proceedings IDDRG International Deep Drawing 2004 conference,<br />
Sindelfinden, Germany, 261.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331
J. ZRnIk et al.: REcEnT pRoGREss In hIGh sTREnGTh Low cARbon sTEELs<br />
[6] n. Fonstein, A. Davidiuk, proceedings of 7 th International conference<br />
on heat Treatment of Materials, 1990, Moscow, Russia, 201.<br />
[7] A. nishimoto, Y. Hosoya, k. nakaoka, ISIJ 21 (1981) 11, 778.<br />
[8] I. Gupta, p. h. chang, conference proceedings, TMs-AIME 1984,<br />
Detroit, UsA, 236.<br />
[9] G. Eldis, conference proceedings, TME-AIME 1984, washington,<br />
UsA, 202.<br />
[10] I. Tsukatani, IsIJ International 31 (1991) 9, 992.<br />
[11] J. Zrnik, o. Stejskal, Z. novy, P. Hornak, M. Fujda, Materials<br />
science & Engineering, 2005 (in press).<br />
[12] I. b. timochina, P. D. Hodgson, E. V. Pereloma, Metall. and Materials<br />
Trans. A 35 (2004), 2331.<br />
[13] V. Zackey, E. Parker, D. Fahr, r. bush, trans. of ASM 60 (1967),<br />
252.<br />
[14] o. Moriau, L. t. Martinez, P. Verleyzen, J. Degrieck, Proc. of<br />
International conference on TRIp Aided high strength Ferrous<br />
Alloys, 2002, Ghent, 247.<br />
[15] o. Jakubovsky, n. Fonstein, D. bhattacharya, Proc. of International<br />
Conference on trIP Aided High Strength Ferrous Alloys, 2002,<br />
Ghent, 263.<br />
[16] b. Engl, E. J. Drewes, Proc. IbEC’97 Congress “Automotive body<br />
Materials”, stuttgart, 2002, 127.<br />
[17] T. heller, b. Engl, proc. on Thermomechanical processing of steels,<br />
London, May 2000, 438.<br />
[18] w. bleck, s. kranz, J. ohlert, k. papamantellos, proceedings 41st<br />
MWSP Conference, ISS, Vol. XXXVII, 1999, 295.<br />
[19] D. bhattacharya, Proc. the Joint Int. Conf. of HSLA Steels, november<br />
2005, hainan, china, 69.<br />
[20] D. J. kim, s. c. baik, s. h. park, Y. R. cho, s. J. kim, proc. of<br />
new Development in sheet Metal Forming, stuttgart, 2004, 281.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 323-331 331
Ž E LJ E Z A R A S P L I T<br />
STEEL WORKS SPLIT<br />
PODUZEĆE ZA PROIZVODNJU I PRERADU ČELIKA d. d.<br />
21 212 Kaštel Sućurac - Brižine b. b. - HRVATSKA<br />
TELEFONI<br />
Centrala: 385 21 202 - 111<br />
Direktor: 385 21 202 - 104<br />
Fax: 385 21 260 - 802<br />
Telex: 261169 STZEL RH<br />
Brzojav: “ŽELJEZARA SPLIT” - K. Sućurac<br />
Poduzeće u svom sastavu ima:<br />
Čeličanu sa elektrolučnom peći, lončanom peći i kontiljevalicom<br />
kapaciteta 190 000 t godišnje,<br />
čeličnih kontinuirano ljevanih gredica<br />
100 × 100 × 2000 - 6000 mm,<br />
125 × 125 × 2000 - 6000 mm,<br />
u kvalitetama: - niskougljičnih čelika,<br />
- srednjeugljičnih čelika i<br />
- niskolegiranih čelika.<br />
Valjaonicu godišnjeg kapaciteta 170.000 t/god. valjane<br />
robe, uglavnom:<br />
- betonskog čelika glatkog,<br />
- betonskog čelika orebrenog u kolutima i šipkama,<br />
- toplo valjane žice.<br />
U daljnjoj fazi prerade,<br />
Hladnu preradu čelika, koja proizvodi 35.000 t/god.<br />
sljedećih proizvoda: Hladno valjani/vučeni betonski čelik<br />
(glatki i orebreni, u šipkama i u kolutu), sve vrste vilica,<br />
zavarene armaturne mreže, ogradne žičane mreže i vrata,<br />
fine ogradne mreže za peradarstvo i mreže za poljoprivredu<br />
(uzgoj cvijeća i povrća).<br />
Betonski čelik i toplo valjana žica,<br />
- valjani betonski čelik, glatki<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14 i 16 u kolutu,<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 i 25 u šipkama dužine<br />
12 m.<br />
- valjani betonski čelik, rebrasti<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12 i 14 u kolutu,<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 22 i 25 u šipkama dužine 12 m.<br />
- toplo valjana žica<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12 i 14 u kolutu.<br />
Jamstvo kvaliteta naših proizvoda je trideset-petogodišnje<br />
iskustvo i priznata kvaliteta na domaćem i stranom tržištu.<br />
Za sve naše proizvode izdajemo tvorničke ateste.<br />
21 212 Kaštel Sućurac - Brižine b. b. – CROATIA<br />
Phone: 385 21 202 - 111<br />
Fax: 385 21 260 - 802<br />
Telex: 261169 STZEL RH<br />
Telegram:<br />
“STELL WORKS SPLIT” - CROATIA - K. Sućurac<br />
The company consists of the following plants:<br />
Steel mill with electric arc furnace, ladle furnace and<br />
continuos cast machines,<br />
capacity 190 000 t/year of<br />
continuously casted steel billets:<br />
100 × 100 × 2000 - 6000 mm,<br />
125 × 125 × 2000 - 6000 mm.<br />
Qualities: - low carbon steel,<br />
- middle carbon steel and<br />
- low alloyed steel.<br />
Rolling mill capacity 170.000 t/year of rolled product,<br />
mostly:<br />
- rolled reinforcing steel plain,<br />
- rolled reinforcing steel, ribbed,<br />
in coils and in bars,<br />
- hot - rolled wire.<br />
In further phase of processing,<br />
Cold processing steel 35.000 t/year of the following<br />
products: Cold rolling/drawing reinforcing steel (plain<br />
and ribbed, bars and coils), all kinds of stirrup, walded<br />
reinforcing meshes, wire netting fences and gates, poultry<br />
wire meshes, wire mesh for agriculture (flower and<br />
vegetable formes).<br />
Rolled reinforcing steel and hot - rolled wire,<br />
- rolled reinforcing, steel<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14 and 16 in coils,<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 and 25 in bars lenght<br />
12 m.<br />
- rolled reinforcing steel ribbed<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12 and 14 in coils,<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 19, 22 and 25 in bars lenght 12 m.<br />
- hot - rolled wire<br />
∅ 8, 10, 12, 14 in coils.<br />
35 years of experience and an approved quality of our<br />
products in domestic and foreing markets are the best<br />
guaranty of our company.<br />
All our products are supplied with necessary test certificates.
J. J. Dańko, Dańko M. et al.: HoLTzER THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN ISSN 0543-5846<br />
METaBk 45 (4) 333-340 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDk 7.05:621.74(100)=111<br />
THE STATE OF ART AND FORESIGHT OF WORLD’S CASTING PRODUCTION<br />
J. Dańko, M. Holtzer, Faculty of Foundry Engineering University of<br />
Mining and Metallurgy, Cracow, Poland<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-11-10<br />
accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-06-15<br />
Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />
The state of art and foresight of world’s casting production is discussed in the paper on the basis of the latest<br />
statistical data. The progress gained during the last few years in foundry engineering is shown as a way to<br />
further development of foundry technology.<br />
Key words: castings, foundry, foundry production, new foundry technologies<br />
Stanje i predmnijevanje svjetske proizvodnje odljevaka. Na temelju posljednjih statističkih izvješća, u članku<br />
se raspravlje o stanju i predmnijavanju svjetske proizvodnje odljevaka. Probitačan napredak tijekom nekoliko<br />
posljednjih godina u ljevačkoj industriji se pokazao kao putokaz budućeg razvitka ljevačke tehnologije.<br />
Ključne riječi: odljevci, ljevanje, ljevačka proizvodnja, nove ljevačke tehnologije<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
The casting production is considered as one of the main<br />
factors influencing the development of world economy.<br />
actual capacity of the world’s casting production, which<br />
is higher than 60 million metric tones per year, is strongly<br />
diversified. The last decade brought significant changes in<br />
the world map of the greatest casting producers. Globalisation<br />
and transformation of economic systems is reflected<br />
by variations of foundry production in different countries,<br />
moreover the globalisation of economy is regarded not<br />
only as a chance but also as a menace for the European<br />
foundries.<br />
SOME COMMENTS<br />
ON THE HISTORY OF FOUNDRY<br />
When considering the development of foundry engineering<br />
in a historical aspect we tend to connect it with<br />
the development of the human civilisation and to attribute<br />
to it the high position among the oldest world professions.<br />
In the times, from which the written sources are available,<br />
such as Biblical verses, Egyptian drawings or illustrations<br />
on ancient Greek vases (Figure 1.), existed already an<br />
advanced casting handicraft intended for religious cults,<br />
statues and armament elements.<br />
Foundry production of middle ages consisted first of<br />
all of bells, baptismal fonts, temple portals, grave plates,<br />
cannons and other equipment for war purposes. Significant<br />
development of the production technique and work<br />
organisation took place within guild associations of bellfounders<br />
and smelters.<br />
The invention of printing by Gutenberg (1420) played<br />
certainly an important role in the development of lowmelting<br />
non-ferrous metal casting. an intensive search for<br />
production methods for type-metals for whole founts led<br />
to inventing of pressure die casting and machinery casting<br />
(W. Church - 1822, D. Bruce - 1838, J. Sturgis - 1849).<br />
Contemporary history is a continuation - in a global<br />
aspect - of scientific research and popularisation of inventions<br />
of a threshold importance. For foundry engineering it<br />
means the continuous period of introduction of enormous<br />
amount of the new versions of technologies, new materials,<br />
new applications and innovative metallurgical processes<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 333
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
(electrometallurgy) as well as a<br />
real revolution in the production<br />
management.<br />
The driving force of the foundry<br />
engineering is currently the automotive<br />
industry, which requires<br />
quality castings produced by means<br />
of practically all available technologies<br />
and casting materials. The<br />
transfer from production in natural<br />
moulding sands to a serial production<br />
in synthetic ones occurred.<br />
The quality of castings obtained<br />
from special alloys reaches the level,<br />
which meets the requirements of<br />
a cosmic technique. The progress<br />
and advancement of the material<br />
engineering science gained lately<br />
allow obtaining the strength properties<br />
of alloys and composites like<br />
from the fantasy-land.<br />
ESTIMATION OF THE<br />
CURRENT SITUATION<br />
IN THE WORLD’S<br />
CASTING PRODUCTION<br />
The estimation of the current<br />
state of the world’s casting production<br />
can be done either globally or<br />
with dividing into kinds of casting<br />
materials, or taking into account<br />
factor encompassing countries of<br />
the given continent. In this last<br />
case it is possible to separate four<br />
groups of the countries, producers<br />
of castings, according to the statistical<br />
data published in Modern<br />
Casting [2] (see Table 1.):<br />
The first group consists of<br />
countries of the highest castings<br />
production, such as: USa, Japan, China and Russia.<br />
The second group contains highly industrialised countries<br />
of Western Europe: Germany, France, Great Britain,<br />
Italy and Spain.<br />
To the third group belong the extra-European countries,<br />
such as: India, Brazil, South korea, Taiwan, Mexico and<br />
Turkey, in which significant increase of production occurred<br />
during the last decade.<br />
The fourth group consists of countries of Middle-East<br />
Europe: Poland, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania and<br />
Hungary.<br />
annual world’s casting production and percentage<br />
participation of group of countries in world’s volume of<br />
334<br />
casting over analized period of time is shown in Table 2.<br />
Previously, the first place belonged to the USa (11,871<br />
mln tonnes), which in 2001 was overtaken by China (14,889<br />
mln tonnes). Russia, after the decomposition of the Soviet<br />
Union, decreased its casting production from approximately<br />
18,0 mln tonnes in 1991 to 6,2 mln tonnes in 2001, which<br />
means 65 % decrease [2, 3].<br />
Casting production in Japan was gradually decreasing<br />
from 1991 (7,958 mln tonnes) to the level of 5,841 mln<br />
tonnes in 2001, which caused shifting Japan to the fourth<br />
place in the global casting production.<br />
out of the extra-European countries of a high dynamic<br />
of development the first place belongs to India (3,155 mln<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
tonnes). Brazil is the second (1,76 mln tonnes) South korea<br />
the third (1,683 mln tonnes) and Mexico the fourth one (1,68<br />
mln tonnes). Taiwan (1,209 mln tonnes) and Turkey (0,905<br />
mln tonnes) supplement the list of countries, where the total<br />
casting production achieved in 2001 - 10,3 million tonnes.<br />
In the countries of the former Socialistic Countries<br />
(Czech Republic, Poland, Romania and Hungary) the<br />
significant decrease occurred already before 1991, thus<br />
values given in Table 1. do not fully represent the observed<br />
production decline. However, apart from the situation in<br />
Hungary, this decline continued in the investigated period<br />
(1991 - 2001).<br />
as the result of social-economic changes in Poland, the<br />
domestic casting production in the last two decades of the<br />
20 th century decreased by 67 % [4]. During the analysed<br />
period the casting production decline occurred also in<br />
Great Britain (–48,5 %), Germany (–16,38 %), Belgium<br />
(–17,4 %) and Norway (–7,1 %).<br />
Development of casting production in some European<br />
countries, estimated also for the period of the last two<br />
decades of the 20 th century, is quite interesting. Statistical<br />
data for those countries are as follows: Finland (increase<br />
by 0.6%), Italy (+11,26 %), Portugal (+17,0 %), Holland<br />
(+20,8 %), austria (+38,4 %), Sweden (+152,5 %), Spain<br />
(+165 %).<br />
among the European Union countries the main casting<br />
producers are still: Germany (35,4 %), France (19,25 %)<br />
and Italy (18,2 %). The shares of Great Britain (9,0 %),<br />
Spain (8,4 %), austria (2,3 %), Sweden and Belgium (1,3<br />
% each) are much smaller. The remaining countries have<br />
only 3,8 % share.<br />
The European foundry industry, according to data<br />
evidenced in statistical reports [2, 3], is the third largest in<br />
the world for ferrous casting and second largest for nonferrous.<br />
The annual production of castings in the enlarged<br />
European Union amounts to 11,7 million tones of ferrous<br />
and 2,8 million tonnes of non-ferrous castings. Germany,<br />
France and Italy are the top three producers in Europe,<br />
with a total annual production of over two million tones<br />
of castings each. Together, the top five countries produce<br />
more than 80 % of the total European production.<br />
The progress of material substitution for ferrous castings<br />
extended in recent years caused the share of iron castings<br />
in the output total to decline slightly, dropping, from<br />
58,9 % in 2001 to 58,2 % in 2002. Producers of nodular<br />
iron castings held at the same time a share of 34,3 % in<br />
the output total, making an increase of 0,5 % compared<br />
to preceding year. analogical data for malleable castings<br />
shown expansion of their share from 1,1 % in 2001 to 1,3<br />
% in 2002. Share of steel castings in the output total in<br />
2002 is dropping 0,1% (to 5,8 %).<br />
General statement is that the total European production<br />
tonnage of ferrous castings has been stable over past<br />
five years, although some fluctuation have occurred for<br />
individual countries. The analysis of the presented data<br />
shows that the figures for Great Britain (as an instance)<br />
indicate a general declining trend in production output,<br />
whereas the trend for Spain is one of growth. In recent<br />
years, Spain has taken over the fourth position from Great<br />
Britain, with both having a production of over one million<br />
tonnes of castings.<br />
The non-ferrous foundry sector has undergone steady<br />
growth since 1998. In general in most countries production<br />
has risen. The output of non-ferrous metal alloys is<br />
still dominated by light metal casting at a share of 75,1 %,<br />
despite a decline by 3,5 percentage points compared to the<br />
year before. The share of copper alloys went down from 10,1<br />
to 9,8 %, and the share held by the producers of zinc alloys<br />
similarly shrank from 8,7 to 7,3 %. The noticeable in last<br />
two decades development in the market for aluminum and<br />
magnesium castings was mainly caused by a growing shift<br />
of the automotive industry towards lighter vehicles.<br />
although the production volume has remained relatively<br />
stable over the past five years, there has been a decline in the<br />
total number of foundries. Data on the number of foundries<br />
show that there has been a general decline in the number<br />
of foundries since 1998, with the loss of about 5 % of the<br />
existing foundries each year (now approximately 3000<br />
units), which is also reflected in the employment numbers<br />
(now about 260.000 people). However, the foundry industry<br />
is predominantly still an SME industry, with 80 % of<br />
companies employing less than 250 people.<br />
The foundry production which is now undertaken<br />
results from fewer units and less employees. This can be<br />
explained by progressive up scaling and automation in the<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 335
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
foundry units. The relationship between unit size, production<br />
and employment is well illustrated in Figure 2.<br />
one can notice that the larger West European producers<br />
(Germany, France) are attaining higher productiveness<br />
with fever people. The more labor-consumption units<br />
are found in the Eastern and Southern<br />
part of Europe (Poland, Hungary, and<br />
Portugal).<br />
The main markets served by the<br />
foundry industry are the automotive<br />
(about 50 % of marked share), general<br />
engineering (30 %) and construction (10<br />
%) sectors. While iron castings mostly<br />
(i.e. > 60 %) go to the automotive sector,<br />
steel castings find their market in<br />
the construction, machinery and valve<br />
making industries.<br />
IS THE FOUNDRY<br />
INDUSTRY AS THE<br />
PRODUCTION TECHNIQUE<br />
HAVING A FUTURE? …<br />
analysis of the world economy and<br />
its development trends indicates for the<br />
constantly growing share of foundry<br />
industry as the production and treatment<br />
technology of metal products. The biggest<br />
growth of casting production takes<br />
place in the countries being the economic<br />
leaders, in which it constitutes the<br />
significant part of the global income.<br />
Continuous development of technologies<br />
and means of production did<br />
336<br />
not cause any elimination of castings as a production<br />
technique, but - on the contrary - increased its importance<br />
and resulted in treating the foundry industry as a significant<br />
and constant element of the economic and civilisation<br />
development of nations. Direct shaping of metal products<br />
of practically every degree of complication, realised by<br />
the limited number of technological procedures, eliminating<br />
several additional operations - necessary when other<br />
production techniques are employed - constitutes still the<br />
basic advantage of this method, even when castings are in<br />
the range of the so-called “high-tech” (Figure 3.).<br />
CHANCES AND DIRECTIONS OF THE FOUNDRY<br />
INDUSTRY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT…<br />
The most important research directions leading to<br />
further development of the foundry industry:<br />
- development of new technologies and casting alloys,<br />
- melting and liquid metal preparation,<br />
- preparation of casting materials and composites,<br />
- manufacturing of moulds and cores,<br />
- pouring, solidifying and cooling of castings,<br />
- knocking out, cleaning and finishing of castings,<br />
- technological waste management,<br />
- new production systems and quality control.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
The comparison concerning directions, research advancements<br />
and their implementations into the foundry industry<br />
in the USa, Japan, and Europe is given in Table 3.<br />
New technologies and casting alloys<br />
Research will concentrate on the development and inventing<br />
new casting materials, which microstructure could<br />
be controlled on the molecular level. Investigations on amorphic<br />
and nanocrystalline metallic materials will be continued<br />
since they are characterised by unique properties:<br />
- mechanical (high strength and resistance),<br />
- physical (favourable magnetic properties [Fe-Co alloys],<br />
superconductivity [Mo and Nb alloys]),<br />
- chemical (corrosion resistance).<br />
Investigations will also concentrate on magnesium alloys,<br />
which are characterised by low density (they are 36%<br />
lighter than aluminium alloys), high resistance and excellent<br />
damping properties, good flowing power, possibility<br />
of treatment and regeneration. after solving problems<br />
concerning corrosion they will constitute the automotive<br />
sector future. Their application will significantly lower<br />
the weight of vehicles thus, contributing to environment<br />
protection by diminishing their negative influence.<br />
Research related to aDI cast steel, which due to a high<br />
abrasion resistance accompanied with a very good ductility<br />
will find wide application in many industrial sectors<br />
substituting alloy cast steel or steel after thermal treatment,<br />
will be continued.<br />
Casting in the semi-solid metal state (SSM)<br />
Casting in the semi-solid metal state SSM found the<br />
application in thixocasting, rheocasting and thixomoulding<br />
processes [5, 8].<br />
The thixocasting process utilises the technology of<br />
die casting of magnesium alloys, specially prepared before<br />
introduction into the die-casting mould. Thixotropic<br />
properties of material enable a laminar filling of die-casting<br />
moulds, which eliminates gaseous porosity of castings and<br />
non-metallic inclusions. Parts made in the SSM technology<br />
apart from good mechanical properties (resistance,<br />
elongation) are characterised by tightness, possibility of<br />
thermal treatment and welding. This technology allows<br />
substitution of expensive products obtained by plastic<br />
forming procedure by products made in conventional die<br />
casting machines of slightly changed parameters.<br />
The casting process utilising rheological properties<br />
of alloys (rheocasting) was invented by the Japanese<br />
Company UBE Technologies. The most widely known<br />
process version is New Rheocasting (NCR) developed<br />
by the Company in 1996. Pictorial diagram of the NCR<br />
process is given in Figure 4.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 337
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
Thixocasting (Thixomoulding) is the third modification<br />
of the casting process utilising thixotropic properties<br />
of metals being in the semi-solid state. This technology<br />
was introduced in the middle of the last decade of the 20 th<br />
century by the american Company Thixomat and has been<br />
constantly developing since then. Pictorial diagram and<br />
individual production phases of the Thixocasting process<br />
are presented in Figure 5. [5, 8].<br />
Melting and the preparation of metal<br />
an intensive development of induction furnaces of<br />
medium frequency, introduction of cokeless cupolas, with<br />
an output of 3 - 20 tonnes of cast iron per hour, as well<br />
as research aimed at significant energy saving (which has<br />
both economic and ecological importance) - can be noticed<br />
presently. out of several novelties, being currently<br />
researched worth mentioning are:<br />
- levitation melting, intended for alloys characterised by<br />
high chemical affinity to the furnace lining (e.g. Tial).<br />
The melting process is performed either in a vacuum<br />
or in special protective atmosphere, which allows producing<br />
alloys of a good purity. Due to an inspection<br />
of electromagnetic phenomena there is a possibility<br />
of checking metal parameters without generating any<br />
turbulences;<br />
- removal of non-metallic inclusions from melting metal<br />
by means of a constant magnetic field. Investigations<br />
carried on in Japan confirmed the method effectiveness<br />
in removing silicon contaminations from aluminium alloys.<br />
This can have great significance in the aluminium<br />
scrap processing.<br />
338<br />
Preparation of casting materials and composites<br />
Procedures of material and composites preparation are<br />
essential for the quality of castings. a majority of casting<br />
defects is caused by an improper selection of casting<br />
materials and means of their processing [9].<br />
Modern moulding sands circulations, characterised by<br />
the introduction of microprocessor process control systems<br />
and visualisations of several operations, will enable stabilising<br />
moulding sand parameters thus, improving qualities<br />
of moulds and castings.<br />
Manufacturing of moulds and cores<br />
Further progress in the methodology of moulding<br />
utilising air jet blown directly into moulding sands can be<br />
foresighted. Those are, apart from blowing methods: impulse<br />
moulding, moulding by air stream blowing through<br />
moulding sand followed by further press compacting,<br />
and the vacuum press moulding [10 - 12]. The renewed<br />
interest in a dynamic press moulding and vibratory-press<br />
moulding machines constitute a good forecast for their<br />
further application.<br />
Flaskless moulding will further constitute the most<br />
economic method of serial production of moulds for the<br />
majority of small and medium size castings. The lower<br />
limit of serial moulds production depends solely on the<br />
costs of the model instrumentation, since the system of<br />
automatic changes of instrumentation enables model<br />
changing without the production interruption [13].<br />
In the range of core-shop equipment and instrumentation<br />
the development trends concern mostly the technology<br />
of cores hardened in room temperatures.<br />
Pouring, solidifying and cooling of castings<br />
In modern casting plant these problems are inseparably<br />
connected with the computerisation and utilisation of new<br />
techniques and simulating tools. Techniques of computer<br />
assisted technologies being now-a-days useful tools of<br />
designing and production will become a must in foundries<br />
aspiring to survive in the market.<br />
Computer aided techniques can be applied in:<br />
- model designing in CaD system (aesthetic shape, geometry,<br />
volume, weight, etc.),<br />
- simulation of functional properties at operating conditions<br />
(strength, resistance, durability),<br />
- simulation of the production process (casting, thermal<br />
treatment),<br />
- selection of treatment procedures and production (prototype,<br />
instrumentation, mechanical treatment, quality<br />
control).<br />
Simulation processes will by applied in:<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
- designing and drawing of the shape of the model,<br />
- dimensioning of the model,<br />
- defining the boundary conditions,<br />
- performing the simulation of pouring and solidifying<br />
processes as well as for the interpretation of the simulation<br />
results,<br />
- selecting thermal treatment and determination of stresses.<br />
Environment protection<br />
The foundry industry is a major player in the recycling of<br />
metals [14]. Steel, cast iron and aluminum scrap is re-melted<br />
into new products. Most possible negative environmental<br />
effects of foundries are related to the presence of the thermal<br />
processes and the use of mineral additives. Environmental<br />
effects therefore are mainly related to the exhaust and offgases<br />
and to the re-use or disposal of mineral residues. Emissions<br />
to air are the key environmental concern. The foundry<br />
process generates mineral dusts, acidifying compounds.<br />
products of incomplete combustion and volatile organic carbons.<br />
Dust is a major issue, since it is generated in all process<br />
steps, in varying types and compositions. Dust is emitted<br />
from metal melting, sand moulding, casting and finishing.<br />
any dust generated may contain metal and metal oxide. In<br />
foundry process, emissions to air typically not to be limited<br />
to one (or several) fixed point(s). The process involves<br />
various emission sources (e.g. from hot castings, sand, hot<br />
metal). a key issue in emission reduction is not only to treat<br />
the exhaust and off-gas flow, but also to capture it.<br />
Since foundries deal with a thermal process, energy<br />
efficiency and management of the generated heat are important<br />
environmental aspects. However, due to the high<br />
amount of transport and handling of the heat carrier (i.e.<br />
the metal) and its slow cooling, the recovery of heat is not<br />
always straightforward.<br />
Foundries may have a high water consumption e.g. for<br />
cooling and quenching operations. In most foundries, water<br />
management involves an internal circulation of water, with<br />
a major part of the water evaporating. The water is generally<br />
used in cooling systems of electric furnaces (induction<br />
or arc) or cupola furnaces. In general, the final volume of<br />
waste water is very small. Nevertheless, when wet dedusting<br />
techniques are used, the generated waste water requires<br />
special attention. In high pressure die-casting, a waste<br />
water stream is formed, which needs treatment to remove<br />
organic (phenol, oil) compounds before its disposal.<br />
The purpose of the Directive IPPC (Council Directive<br />
96/61/EC) to achieve integrated prevention and control<br />
of pollution arising from the activities listed in annex I,<br />
leading to a high level of protection of the environment<br />
as a whole [15].<br />
one of the most important issues of the IPPC Directive<br />
is application of the BaT principle. The BaT descriptions<br />
contain mainly:<br />
- characteristics of the process technology,<br />
- specific production of emissions, waste and by-product<br />
generation, needs to consumptions of raw materials and<br />
energy inputs,<br />
- the most effective technologies related to decreasing of<br />
emissions and waste rates and to increasing of energy<br />
savings,<br />
- identification of BaT technologies,<br />
- the new and developed technologies and processes.<br />
CONCLUSIONS<br />
European metalcasting industry, just as most European<br />
and USa manufacturing, suffered greatly from the early in<br />
this decade. Moreover, substantial dynamics in the global<br />
economy, especially off-shore sourcing of cast metal components<br />
as well as the off-shore manufacturing of durable<br />
goods that require castings continue to profoundly reshape<br />
European metal casting industry. The effects of the recession<br />
were magnified by the influx of low-priced castings from<br />
off-shore sources including Brazil, India and particularly<br />
China. Nowadays it is becoming clear that economic trends<br />
and technological advances are creating an inflection point<br />
in the growth rate for cast metals components. The growth<br />
in the world economy, particularly in such countries like:<br />
China, Russia, India and Brazil will fuel demand for casting<br />
related to transportation and an industrialized infrastructure.<br />
according to opinion of M.W. Schwatzlander and R.E.<br />
Showman [16] from ashland Casting Solution Group,<br />
advanced in ferrous metallurgy, extraction metallurgy and<br />
materials processing will provide new alloys and casting opportunities<br />
that haven’t been seen since growth of aluminum<br />
castings in the twentieth century. Improvements in casting<br />
design and manufacturing processes will finally convert the<br />
“black art” of foundry into a science.<br />
Metalcasters need to invest in technology and in<br />
people. a meaningful improvements in casting design,<br />
modeling, prototyping and production will be of the highest<br />
importance if foundries want to achieve increasing the<br />
capabilities and lower costs.<br />
Finally foundries need to invest in people. The knowledge<br />
and skills needed to keep pace are changing even<br />
faster than the technology. over the next 50 years, new<br />
skills will need to be developed every three to five years.<br />
ongoing training and education will be a must for successful<br />
foundries.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] T. Gutowski, Casting http://www.mit.edu/afs/athena/course/2/2.810/<br />
oldfiles/ts_temp/Casting.ppt<br />
[2] “Census of World Casting Production” 1991, 2003, 2004, 2005<br />
Modern Casting No 12, (monthly journal, edited annually with<br />
the data concerning the number of casting houses and the world<br />
casting production in the year preceding the issue).<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340 339
J. Dańko et al.: THE STaTE oF aRT aND FoRESIGHT oF WoRLD’S CaSTING PRoDUCTIoN<br />
[3] J. Tybulczuk, J. Piaskowski: Technological Foresight. Forecasting<br />
of the Foundry Engineering Development Taking into account<br />
its Significance for the Economy. Part I: analysis of the World’s<br />
Foresight, Two-monthly Journal ‘ Foundry Engineering - Science<br />
- Practice , 6 (2004), Special Issue No 3.<br />
[4] D. P. kanicki.: Global casting report: past, present and future.<br />
Modern Casting (2000) 12, 24 - 34.<br />
[5] J. aguilar, M. Fehlbier, P. R. Sahm: SSM processing of magnesium<br />
alloys. Diecasting Times 4 (2002) 3, 13 - 14.<br />
[6] F. J. Edler, G. Lagrene, R. Siepe: Thin-walled Mg Structural Parts<br />
by a Low-pressure Sand Casting Process. Proceedings, International<br />
Congress “Magnesium alloys and their applications”,<br />
Monachium, 2000, pp. 553 - 557.<br />
[7] aFS 2003 Metalcasting Processes Forecast and Trends, american<br />
Foundry Soc. Des Plaines 2002.<br />
[8] G. Chiarmetta, P. Giordano: Rheocasting in a class of its own.<br />
Diecasting Times 4 (2002) 3, 22.<br />
[9] “Data relating to the European Foundry Industry”. Committee of<br />
European Foundry assoc. http://www.caef-eurofoundry.org/industry.htm.<br />
CaEF 2002.<br />
340<br />
[10] J. Dańko, R. Dańko, M. Holtzer: Reclamation of used sands in<br />
foundry production, Metallurgy 42 (2003) 3, 173 - 178.<br />
[11] J. Dańko, z. Górny: Casting Research in Poland in the Last Decade.<br />
Proceedings, 3 rd Congress of the Polish Foundry Engineering,<br />
Warsaw, 1999, pp. 18 - 42.<br />
[12] R. Dańko: Foundry Engineering, Tradition, Modernity and Future,<br />
Foundry Journal 54 (2004) 4, 322 - 330.<br />
[13] W. Hespers, M. Lustig: Systematic planning of investments in<br />
moulding plants, allowing for technical and organizational developments.<br />
Casting Plant and Technology (1988) 4, 14 - 23.<br />
[14] M. Holtzer, J. Dańko, R. Dańko: Possibilities and limitations of<br />
environmenal management in domestic foundries at the moment<br />
of Poland’s joining to the UE structures. Proceedings, The Polish-<br />
Romanian Conference, Cracow, 2003. pp. 39-49.<br />
[15] European Commission. Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control.<br />
Reference Document an Best available Techniques in the<br />
Smitheries and Foundry Industry. Sevilla 2005. Finish Report.<br />
[16] M. W. Swartzlander, R. E. Showman: Golden age of Castings,<br />
2005-2050, aFS Transactions 2005, paper 05-046 (14), pp. 1 - 7.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 333-340
Z. Z. KERAn, KERAn M. et al.: SKUnCA, FInITE M. ELEMEnT MATH APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />
ISSN 0543-5846<br />
METABK 45 (4) 341-346 (2006)<br />
UDC - UDK 539.383:539.411:621.97=111<br />
FINITE ELEMENT<br />
APPROACH TO ANALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWING PROCESS<br />
Z. Keran, M. Skunca, M. Math, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering and<br />
naval Architecture University of Zagreb, Zagreb, Croatia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2006-01-17<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2006-05-30<br />
Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />
The intention of this research is to make analyze of deep drawing Cr-Ni stainless steel process. The research<br />
is related to forces that appear in machine tool during the process and also to material stress and its behaviour.<br />
The results are taken from two sources and their comparison is made. The first source of results are experiments<br />
made on hydraulic press, and the other source are results obtained by creation of finite element model (FEM)<br />
and process simulation on MSC Marc Mentat program package. The measurements are made in cases of different<br />
reduction coefficient and different tool material. Comparison that is given is related to punch and pressure<br />
plate forces, and the state of material stress for each reduction coefficient is observed too. Datasheets and force<br />
diagrams present the results, and material stress can be seen on figures that are result of the simulation.<br />
Key words: FEM, reverse drawing, material stresses, cracking possibility, MSC Marc program package<br />
Pristup metodom konačnih elemenata analizi procesa osnosimetričnog protusmjernog dubokog vučenja.<br />
Namjera provedenog istraživanja jest načiniti analizu procesa dubokog vučenja Cr-Ni nehrđajućeg čelika.<br />
Istraživanje se odnosi na sile koje se javljaju u alatu tijekom procesa te također na pojavu naprezanja u materijalu<br />
i ponašanje dotičnog naprezanja. Rezultati su uzeti iz dva izvora i načinjena je njihova usporedba. Prvi izvor su<br />
rezultati eksperimenata izvedenih na hidrauličnoj preši, a drugi izvor čine rezultati dobiveni kreiranjem modela<br />
metodom konačnih elemenata (MKE) i simulacija procesa pomoću programskog paketa MSC Marc Mentat.<br />
Eksperimentalna mjerenja načinjena su za različite koeficijente redukcije. Dana je usporedba rezultata koji se<br />
odnose na silu u žigu alata i pritisak na rondelu, a također je promatrano stanje naprezanja u materijalu za svaki<br />
koeficijent redukcije. Rezultati su prikazani u obliku tablica i dijagrama, a naprezanja u materijalu prikazana su<br />
na slikama dobivenim kao izlazni podaci simulacije procesa metodom konačnih elemenata.<br />
Ključne riječi: MKE, protusmjerno vučenje, naprezanja u materijalu, mogućnost pucanja, MSC Marc Mentat<br />
programski paket<br />
INTRODuCTION<br />
Deep drawing of a metal sheet is a standard technique<br />
that is widely used in order to fabricate thousands of sheet<br />
metal structures per day in many industries, e.g. automotive,<br />
aerospace, beverage industry etc.<br />
One of the biggest challenges in deep drawing metal<br />
forming is to achieve the final product by very few draws.<br />
Thus, it makes possible to reduce time and expenses of<br />
production. Reverse drawing is an operation developed<br />
from the standard deep drawing process. Its purpose is<br />
to convert two draws of the standard process into one<br />
operation. In this way one can have greater d 1 /d 2 ratio<br />
without stopping the process and also without taking down<br />
the working piece. As all of these actions take time to be<br />
done, the time and of course the expenses are automatically<br />
saved.<br />
Actual position of reverse drawing process in the world<br />
is a production of aluminium and copper and their alloy<br />
products. Deep drawing of Cr-ni stainless steel presents<br />
an actual problem because of a great hardening of these<br />
alloys during metal forming processes [1].<br />
However, reliable FE models and simulations for describing<br />
the process are of a great value in reducing much<br />
of the tool tryout work. In this way, improvements of the<br />
process are made before making expensive tools needed<br />
for experimentation. In that way experiments are needed<br />
just to verify the simulation.<br />
THE PRObLEM ESTAbLISHMENT<br />
As we are trying to reduce the number of needed<br />
draws, in each draw the reduction coefficient is becoming<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346 341
Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />
smaller than before, sometimes even smaller then recommended<br />
one.<br />
In sheet-forming processes however, several type of<br />
failures could occur, such as rupturing, necking, wrinkling<br />
and too large spring back that are undesirable. In this case<br />
they are result of the existence of inappropriate forces and<br />
material stresses during reverse drawing Cr-ni stainless<br />
steel process. The main task is to avoid these failures by<br />
careful analyzing of its all-possible causes.<br />
The scheme of the reverse drawing operation shows<br />
the way it works and its main components.<br />
Looking the scheme, we can assume the way this<br />
process works: in a first draw punch is moving into a die<br />
in order to plastically deform a blank sheet of metal into<br />
a desired shape as it does in usual deep drawing process,<br />
and achieves d 1 diameter. After first draw is stopped, the<br />
second draw punch is starting its motion in the opposite<br />
direction. It is pushing the bottom of the working piece into<br />
hollow punch, which now becomes a die for the second<br />
draw, giving it new diameter d 2 . The working piece gets its<br />
final shape and is pushed out by hydraulic knockout bar.<br />
In a deep drawing process, change of working pieces<br />
shape is made by simultaneous activity of tensile stress<br />
on the outside surface of the piece, compressive stress on<br />
the inside surface of the piece (result is diameter reducement),<br />
and by bending the piece around bottom corners<br />
of the punch (change of direction). Bending increases<br />
sum-total of all stresses.<br />
In a first draw, diameter reduction, from blank sheet diameter<br />
to first draw diameter, can be relatively large because<br />
the bending participation is usually small. On the opposite, in<br />
other draws, the bending participation is greater and allowed<br />
coefficient of shape changing must be reduced. The differ-<br />
342<br />
ence between bending of standard second draw and second<br />
draw in reverse drawing is in number of direction changing<br />
that occur in it. In standard deep drawing second draw exists<br />
triple bending (1. bending in direction of motion, 2. bending<br />
in the opposite direction, 3. straightening), and in reverse<br />
drawing second draw it happens four times (1. bending in<br />
direction of motion, 2. straightening, 3. bending in direction<br />
of motion, 4. straightening). Because of that difference, there<br />
is also a difference in stresses that appear in material. Very<br />
good description of stress diference is β 2 - σ z (drawing ratio<br />
- total stress) diagrams. Beside them are schemes of the<br />
operations that show direction changes of material.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346
Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />
It is obvious that because of greater stresses, second<br />
draw in reverse drawing, and is very much alike to produce<br />
some of the failures. That is why stresses should be<br />
estimated and watched very carefully.<br />
Main parameters that need to be carefully calculated<br />
and considered are:<br />
- reduction coefficients in each draw, related - needed<br />
number of draws;<br />
- tool dimensions and shapes;<br />
- tool forces;<br />
- material stresses and its hardness in each draw.<br />
EXPERIMENTATION<br />
The intention of experiments that were carried out<br />
was to analyze a pot producing from a 1 mm thick blank<br />
sheet of a diameter D 145 mm to a final diameter d 2 53<br />
mm through two draws. After first draw, calculated and<br />
achieved diameter was d 1 80 mm. Analyzed material was<br />
Cr-ni stainless steel. Because of very few known data<br />
about this material’s behaviour in reverse drawing processes,<br />
some authors suggest heating on temperature of 150<br />
- 200 şC [3]. This experimentation was referred to carrying<br />
out a process in a cold state. Experiments were made on<br />
double acting hydraulic press. The double action refers<br />
to the clamping mechanism moving independently of the<br />
punch mechanism. This allows for the boundaries of the<br />
sheet blank to be clamped while the punch pushes the sheet<br />
into the die cavity. The ability to independently control<br />
both the clamp and the punch affords the opportunity for<br />
various modifications of the experimental procedure. It<br />
needs to be accented that reverse drawing processes are<br />
recommended to be drawn at triple acting presses [4], but<br />
because such equipment is not accessible, the experiment<br />
was performed at double acting press.<br />
A few questions got their answers by making modifications<br />
in experimental parameters:<br />
1. How much reduction coefficient of the first draw can<br />
be reduced?<br />
2. How does the punch force act if we change reduction<br />
coefficient (by changing blank sheet diameter D, we<br />
change reduction coefficient of the first draw)?<br />
3. How does the punch force change in a second draw<br />
in relation to the change of punch force and reduction<br />
coefficient in a first draw?<br />
Material properties<br />
Material that was processed is X 5 Cr Ni 18 10 with:<br />
0,037 % C; 0,343 % Si; 1,019 % Mn; 0,031 % P; 0,0015 %<br />
S; 18,155 % Cr; 8,927 % Ni; 0,032 % N. But, as it is well<br />
known, the same chemical composition can have different<br />
mechanical properties. This is a consequence of different<br />
ways of sheet rolling (different numbers of reduction), and<br />
also different heating treatment. Mechanical properties are<br />
given in Table 1. The most important mechanical property in<br />
this case is ductility, expressed with A80 : 57,3 - 60,2 %.<br />
Sheet surface was highly polished with foil rolled on<br />
both sides that was used as a lubricant.<br />
Experiment and the results<br />
In metal forming technology standard experiment<br />
models are applied. Usually those are factor analyses<br />
with one or more factors. In this particular case, one-factor<br />
experiment method is used. It can be observed that<br />
in such experiments result dependence on just one factor<br />
is a fiction. It is possible to find several more factors that<br />
have influence on final result. Such idealisation in complex<br />
cases can be justified in certain circumstances:<br />
- if factors that are not expressed are maintained in constant<br />
level,<br />
- if their influence is negligible,<br />
- if their influence is accidental and is possible to use<br />
methods of mathematical statistics to separate their influence<br />
from controlled factor in calculated experimental<br />
error.<br />
In this case condition of constant level is satisfied.<br />
A choice about the number of experiments is made<br />
according literature [5]. Probability of 50 % with probability<br />
level of 0,90, demands at least 7 measurements for<br />
each factor level.<br />
The reduction coefficient is defined by the following<br />
expression [6]:<br />
D<br />
m =<br />
D<br />
where:<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346 343<br />
1<br />
0<br />
(1)<br />
m - reduction coefficient,<br />
D 1 - pot diameter after specific draw,<br />
D 0 - pot diameter or a blank sheet diameter before specific<br />
draw.<br />
It is well known that after any cold plastic deformation,<br />
material strength grows up and ductility decreases. There-
Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />
fore, reduction coefficient must be bigger in each draw,<br />
and is specifically defined for each draw and also for each<br />
material. In a first draw, its minimum is about 0,60 and in<br />
a second draw its minimum is about 0,80. Because this numerical<br />
coefficient grows up, it means that deformation level<br />
becomes smaller which is acceptable in relation to a smaller<br />
material ductility. When reduction coefficient is changed,<br />
blank holder force is constant, punch force is changing too.<br />
The smaller reduction coefficient is, the punch force grows<br />
up. Also, the stress hardening grows up with smaller reduction<br />
coefficient, and because of greater plastic deformation,<br />
material strength grows up too and ductility decreases. no<br />
special lubricant was used, but instead of it a polymer foil<br />
was applied. Punch speed was 0,020 m/s.<br />
344<br />
In the experiment, reduction coefficient was changed<br />
in a first draw from 0,55 to 0,66. With smaller reduction<br />
coefficient built-in material stresses were too large, so, in<br />
the second draw cracking took place. By changing reduction<br />
coefficient, punch force was changing from 270 kN to<br />
185 kN. According to plan of experiment 84 measurements<br />
are made. Analyse is carried out using program package<br />
SPSS for statistical analyses.<br />
Third question that need an answer is related to the<br />
second draw. It is very interesting to observe how changes<br />
of parameters in a first draw influence on the change of<br />
parameters in a second draw. Specifically: how does the<br />
punch force change in a second draw in relation to the<br />
change of punch force and reduction coefficient in a first<br />
draw? Reduction coefficient in the second draw is constant<br />
and amounted 0,68. Punch force in a second draw related to<br />
reduction coefficient in a first draw is shown in Figure 5.<br />
Cracking avoidance<br />
As it is well known, mentioned sort of stainless steel is<br />
a material with extreme hardening in metal forming processes.<br />
That is why those processes demand great control<br />
of all process parameters and avoidance of any unnecessary<br />
imposed material stress. In this particular case problem can<br />
be created with large blankholder force. It is expressed in<br />
case of the smallest reduction coefficient in a first draw (m<br />
= 0,55) when all stresses reach their maximal value. All<br />
residual stresses are remaining in second draw and cause<br />
cracking. To avoid it blankholder force in a first draw has<br />
to be held in smallest level that provides regular drawing<br />
– 20 kN. In greater reduction coefficients sum total of all<br />
stresses is becoming smaller and naturally, risk of cracking<br />
is smaller too [4].<br />
Change of sheet thickness is a phenomenon that needs<br />
to be observed and mentioned in context of cracking<br />
possibility. In the experiment that was carried out sheet<br />
thickness was measured on final product for each reduction<br />
coefficient. The most important change occurred at<br />
critical points (beginning of bottom round). This change<br />
varied from 0,1 to 0,3 mm related to change of reduction<br />
coefficient in a first draw. It is important to notice that<br />
change of 0,3 mm is even 30 % of sheet thickness and<br />
occurs when reduction coefficient reaches 0,55.<br />
RESuLTS OF THE SIMuLATION<br />
The numerical analysis was preformed using MSC<br />
Marc Mentat elasto-plastic program commercial package.<br />
In the presented deep drawing problem, the full newton-<br />
Raphson iterative procedure is chosen to solve the iteration<br />
process and nonlinear equations of motion. This method<br />
has quadratic convergence properties and the stiffness<br />
matrix is reassembled in each iteration. Convergence<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346
Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />
can be slowed down by some approximations, but these<br />
computational problems are of a less importance when<br />
iterative solvers are used. Since material elements rotate<br />
during deep drawing process, large displacement, finite<br />
strain plasticity and updated Lagrange procedure need to<br />
be adopted in calculation. In the Lagrangian approach, the<br />
element stiffness is assembled in the current configuration<br />
of the element, and the stress and strain output is given<br />
with respect to the coordinate system in the updated configuration<br />
of the element [7].<br />
The stiffness is formed using four point Gaussian<br />
integration. Because of large displacements request, an<br />
additional contribution needed to be made to the stiffness<br />
matrix. By default, the analysis program uses the<br />
full stress tensor at the last iteration, which results in the<br />
fastest convergence [7].<br />
3D model was created. Fourth part is used, modeled<br />
by 3D membrane shell elements number 139. This is four<br />
nodes, thick shell element with global displacements and<br />
rotations. Bilinear interpolation is used for the coordinates,<br />
displacements and rotations. The membrane strains are obtained<br />
from the displacement field, the curvatures from the<br />
rotation field. The transverse shear strains are calculated at<br />
the middle of the edges and interpolated to the integration<br />
points. This 3D model is particularly interesting because<br />
wrinkling occurrence can be easily detected.<br />
The main intention of a FEM simulation analysis was<br />
a detailed follow of material stresses and punch force behaviour<br />
through the deep drawing process in both draws. In<br />
that way the number of experiments could be reduced.<br />
On the Figure 6. tool with its main parts is presented.<br />
The position of the parts is in third quarter of the process<br />
time.<br />
The first interesting question in simulation analysis is<br />
behaviour of material stress in the point in which it reaches<br />
its greatest value. Figure 7. presents equivalent Von Mises<br />
stress in working piece. It shows both draws simulated<br />
using 3D membrane shell elements.<br />
Minimal stress occurs on the top of the working piece,<br />
and it grows toward bottom of the working piece. Critical<br />
point is placed on the beginning ob bottom round. On<br />
Figure 8. critical point in deep drawing processes is shown.<br />
Legend shows scale expressed in n/mm 2 .<br />
The second question is behaviour of punch force and<br />
maximum of needed force for specific deep drawing process.<br />
On diagrams presented on Figure 9. and Figure 10. is<br />
the answer to the question. The axis x shows increments of<br />
simulation computing, that are set task. There are 100 incre-<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346 345
Z. KERAn et al.: FInITE ELEMEnT APPROACH TO AnALYSIS OF AXISYMMETRIC REVERSE DRAWInG...<br />
ments in working cycle and 5 increments in reciprocating<br />
motion. The axis y shows punch force expressed in n.<br />
It is important to notice that maximal computed force<br />
in each draw is relatively close to the force got from the<br />
experiments.<br />
CONCLuSION<br />
As it is presented, reducement in number of draws is<br />
solved by reversed drawing. Because of complexity of<br />
346<br />
the process and because of sensibility of the main parameters,<br />
FE modeling showed its best face. All the changes<br />
were done at first on the FE model, and after that on the<br />
experimental tool and part.<br />
It is interesting to discuss results of punch force<br />
changing related to the reduction coefficient changing.<br />
By growing of reduction coefficient punch force decreases<br />
following a regression tendency curve. For the observed<br />
Cr-Ni stainless steel minimal reduction coefficient cannot<br />
go under 0,55 because the cracking occurs in the second<br />
draw. Punch force in the second draw is smaller, but by<br />
reduction coefficient changing, it also follows its own<br />
regression tendency curve.<br />
Criterion of process success was avoidance of cracking<br />
occurrence. That is because by sticking to calculated<br />
process parameters no other problems took place [8].<br />
Important occurrence that has to be notified is that<br />
reduction coefficient of 0,55 in a first draw is critical point<br />
in which all process parameters reach their critical value.<br />
That happens because of extreme hardening of material.<br />
This is the area that still needs to be improved by possible<br />
heat treatment.<br />
Another thing that needs to be discussed is process<br />
simulation. By FE model creation and its processing we<br />
can read all the forces, displacements and stresses in process<br />
time. Punch motion was defined in increments. By<br />
observing each increment it is possible to have monitoring<br />
over all important process parameters as the process occurs.<br />
In this way all changes of parameters can be verified<br />
virtually before they happen in the real process.<br />
REFERENCES<br />
[1] Doege, Meyer, Saeed, FlieβkurvenAtlas metallisher Werkstoffe,<br />
Hanser Verlog München, Wien, 1986.<br />
[2] G. Oehler, Schnitt-Stanz und Ziehwerkzenge, Springer-Verlag,<br />
Berlin, 1966.<br />
[3] H. Radtke, Technologie des Stülpziehverfahrens, Bänder Bleche<br />
Rohre, 1971.<br />
[4] Deep drawing Large Parts in Four Cylinder Presses, D. J. Taylor,<br />
MetalForming Magazine, October 1996.<br />
[5] G. M. Clarke, Statistics and Experimental Design, Edward Arnold,<br />
London, 1980.<br />
[6] Deep drawing with Hydraulic Presses, AP&T north America,<br />
MetalForming Magazine, October 2002.<br />
[7] MARC - Users guide, MARC Analysis Corporation, Palo Alto,<br />
California, Printed in U.S.A, 1996.<br />
[8] Z. Keran, M. Škunca, M. Math: Predviđanje naprezanja u materijalu<br />
i mogućnosti nastanka pukotina korištenjem MKE tijekom<br />
oblikovanja deformiranjem, MATEST 2003, Brijuni, Hrvatska,<br />
2003.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 341-346
P. P. VIRdzEk, VIRdzEk k. et TEPLIcká al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG Issn 0543-5846 ...<br />
METABk 45 (4) 347-351 (2006)<br />
Udc - Udk 7.05:62:681.5:004.89=111<br />
Progressive Methods<br />
in design and their aPPlication in engineering industry<br />
P. Virdzek, k. Teplická, BERG Faculty Technical University of košice,<br />
košice, slovakia<br />
Received - Primljeno: 2005-01-25<br />
Accepted - Prihvaćeno: 2005-10-20<br />
Review Paper - Pregledni rad<br />
The problem of a product‘s life cycle against R&D time has occurred due to changes in the behavior of customers.<br />
One possibility how to solve this problem is to use Information technologies and the concept of CIM (Computer<br />
Integrated Manufacturing) that considerably reduces R&D time, production time and the time to market. The CIM<br />
conception is based on the utilization of single modules (CAx systems) in the Design and Production planning<br />
area, manufacturing area (CAD/CAPP/CAM) and others, integrated together into one functional unit.<br />
Key words: design, product’s life cycle, R&D (Research and Development), CIM (Computer Integrated Manufacturing)<br />
Napredne metode u dizajnu i njihova primjena u strojarstvu. Problem ciklusa radnog vijeka proizvoda<br />
prema R&D pojavio se zbog promjena nastalih u ponašanju kupaca. Jedna od mogućnosti za rješavanje tog<br />
problema je korištenje informatičke tehnologije i ideje o CIM (proizvodnja u objedinjavanju s kompjuterom) kojom<br />
se značajno smanjuje vrijeme proizvodnje kao i vrijeme marketinga. Ideja CIM-a se zasniva na korištenju<br />
pojedinih modula (CA-sustava) u području projektiranja i planiranja proizvodnje (CAPP), područje izrade (CAM)<br />
kao i drugih, ujedinjenih u jednu funkcionalnu jedinicu.<br />
Ključne riječi: dizajn, životni ciklus produkta, R&D (Istraživanje i razvoj), CIM (proizvodnja objedinjena s kompjuterom)<br />
introduction<br />
during last 10 years we have seen important changes<br />
on the market, the customer’s power was increased,<br />
customer became the center of attention and interest of<br />
manufacturers. The market of today is more flexible and<br />
customer guides its progress. Mass produced products<br />
don’t satisfy the present customers.<br />
The result of this development is consecutive decreasing<br />
of the serial production and increasing of the variety of the<br />
production programme and elasticity of production. The<br />
marketing philosophy of the firm’s management is getting<br />
forward and it responses very flexiblly to the specified<br />
customer’s needs. The philosophy describes the style how<br />
to fill and supply the customer needs. Ability to realize those<br />
customer’s needs with the minimum huge of power - time,<br />
people, energy, material, quality is also not neglected [1].<br />
To create successful product means to handle it in all<br />
areas. construction, technology, processing, surface working<br />
are very important criteria, but product is very hardly<br />
supported without design, packing and presentation. Product<br />
which doesn’t satisfy all criteria is unsuccessful on the<br />
market. during standard quality of actual products design is<br />
something, that differentiates products from each other.<br />
research and develoPMent<br />
of new Products, their design<br />
Research and development of new products, their<br />
design presents the first stage in the life cycle of product<br />
that determinates the functional properties, but it influences<br />
the production facilities and efficiency of production in<br />
the second stage.<br />
design is very important instrument which creates one<br />
part of the price of product for consumers and decides<br />
general financial results. The high flexibility and the low<br />
costs of the product modification are characteristic [2].<br />
The problem between product life and time of product<br />
development appeared due-to the customer behavior.<br />
The solution of this problem is to use methodology with<br />
the information technologies that secure reduction of<br />
development, production and implementation time of the<br />
product.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351 347
P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />
348<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351
P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />
For the small and middle firms it is not profitable to<br />
employ designer for 8 hours per day. Relationship with the<br />
external corporations is more economically interesting that<br />
are providing complete services for the activity of the firm<br />
at the area of design and presentation of problem solution<br />
by the outsourcing. Focus of activity to design products<br />
and interior was expanded on the graphic design.<br />
From actual analysis of the labor 70 % and 80 % of the<br />
total labour content resulted. This valuation is involved in<br />
the production preparation, documentation. The project and<br />
development of product influences 70 - 85 % of production<br />
costs, but these phases create less then 10 % of the<br />
product’s cost [4].<br />
Today there are used a new instruments of design for<br />
example: CAD, CAP, CAM, CIM (Figure 1.).<br />
Simulation and visualization plays significant role in<br />
these processes, mainly:<br />
- some technologies,<br />
- activities of the machine, robots, logistic and storage<br />
facilities,<br />
- plan and organization of working place, production<br />
process, installation.<br />
Using of cIM modul allows reduction of material and<br />
energy severity, reduction of storage, abbreviation of the<br />
time of production and development, increasing of the time<br />
and power of using machines, and quality of product.<br />
The computer support of the firm’s activity is solved<br />
by the algorithms. There are activities which are very<br />
hard to be automatized, they haven’t punctual algorithm<br />
of their solution.<br />
In these activities there are important long-time experiences<br />
of the employers, know- how, intuition about problem,<br />
technical intelligence. For computer support artificial intelligence<br />
and expert system of the process decision is used.<br />
Application of information technology allows using<br />
principle of simultaneous engineering. The nature of sI<br />
depends on actual product development and design of<br />
production process. The goal of the sI is to minimalize<br />
the general time of the implementation of innovation of<br />
product, to obtain high standard of quality through the<br />
lower costs. From the practical experiences it results, that<br />
the sI brings development reduction about 50 - 300 %.<br />
Progressive methods in design and their application in<br />
customer marketing presents Figure 2.<br />
Application of the simultaneous engineering is suitable<br />
especially for complex products (e.g. a car, a computer,<br />
a camera etc.) that have a long development time. Multi<br />
professional solution teams participate in product and parts<br />
development as well as in production process design. The<br />
teams are closely co-operating and working parallel on a<br />
certain product part and its mode of production and consist<br />
of designers, ergonomics, technologists, marketing and<br />
other experts, solving partial and integral tasks.<br />
characteristic features are the following [3]:<br />
- working with always actual information through the<br />
jointly sharing databases,<br />
- change in certain parts is considered in all other related<br />
parts, groups and the whole product,<br />
- simultaneous product design and production process<br />
design. Visual monitoring of the whole production process<br />
of designed products through the computer allows<br />
designers to project satisfactory products in term of<br />
technology and to detect and directly possible eliminate<br />
difficulties in production already in design stage. It could<br />
be also the source of innovation plans in many areas, e.g.<br />
change in product shape is less expensive than eventual<br />
change in production process.<br />
The progressive tools that could be used in product<br />
design are:<br />
- dFM - design for Manufacturing - design /construction/<br />
with regard to single /simple/ production of the products<br />
and their parts in minimal production costs. [5],<br />
- dFA - design for Assembly - design /construction/ with<br />
regard to single /simple/ assembly of the product, using<br />
the minimal amount/number/ of parts, constructional<br />
adaptation of the product to the assembly automation<br />
possibility or disassembly in product recycling [6],<br />
- and others: dFc (design for cost), dFE (design for<br />
Ecology) [5].<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351 349
P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />
These approaches are based on the idea of constructing<br />
the product with regard to the next stages in the product<br />
life cycle - production, assembly, recycling, etc.<br />
The other opportunity to increase productivity and flexibility<br />
of an enterprise is the FAsT PRodUcTIon concEPTIon.<br />
It is based on product modular structure which<br />
already in design stage allows to achieve short delivery time<br />
/time from the customer order to the product delivery to the<br />
customer/. The product is composed of pre-manufactured<br />
universal and standard, unified parts /modules/, produced<br />
and delivered by supplier’s /outsourcing/. The emphasis is<br />
put upon interconnection and cooperation with suppliers<br />
that cover also inventory management in the customer warehouse<br />
by JIT conception. This allows eliminating check-in<br />
of purchased parts at the consumer.<br />
The philosophy could be used mainly in electronic and<br />
car industry, e.g. commission systems - PC configurations.<br />
The one advantage is fast and flexible production /product<br />
finalization/ exactly according to customer requirements.<br />
The other advantage is wide range of many variants,<br />
achieved in the final assembly stage of the modular product<br />
by the high flexibility and short production /finalization/<br />
and delivery time [6].<br />
The considerable role in new product research & development<br />
plays construction of part or product prototype, that<br />
represents the first real vision about the object /its model/<br />
and allows to execute different test on it /design, assembly<br />
ability, functional options of the product/. It also can be used<br />
in marketing activities /starting of marketing canvass before<br />
first products manufacturing,, demand of potential customer<br />
for future product before manufacturing and modification<br />
features of the product according to customer needs/.<br />
Radical time reduction of preparing and prototype<br />
manufacturing, increasing number of design variants and<br />
manufacturing costs cutting is possible due to RAPId<br />
PRoToTYPInG /RP/ technologies.<br />
The basic principle of RP is, that object /part/ computer<br />
interpretation serves as the primary input for a technological<br />
facility that creates physical object with features close to the<br />
final object without preliminary phases and special tools.<br />
RP technologies infer from 3d cAd models information<br />
for segmentation of the volume entity on layers and using of<br />
special technique creates the layers. The idea is information<br />
generating layers in computer, generating of physical layers<br />
and their connection for model /prototype/ creation.<br />
Some of the excellent CAD/CAM/CAE systems are<br />
suitable for using of data preparation for rapid prototyping<br />
facilities. They are very useful, if the system contains special<br />
module for RP technology support /e.g. Unigraphics<br />
system by Unigraphics solutions with UG/Rapid Prototyping<br />
module/ [7].<br />
In comparison with conventional production methods<br />
prototype manufacturing by using Rapid prototyping methods<br />
takes less time - days instead of months. The advantage<br />
350<br />
of RP methods is not only fast prototype manufacturing<br />
in any development phase, but especially possibility to<br />
manufacture wide range of modifications and construction<br />
layouts of the designed product /prototype functional<br />
samples/, which can be then tested and adapted.<br />
The general feature of the RP methods is that work piece<br />
formation is not performances by material off take as it is in<br />
conventional cutting operation, but by consecutive addition<br />
of material in form of powder or melt. A part is created layer<br />
by layer. In this way it is possible to manufacture also shape<br />
complicated parts with cavities, with sloping and horizontal<br />
down sides within very little time.<br />
RP is an universal method for model manufacturing<br />
/without using forms, tools/, saving costs, useable in every<br />
production sector because of ability to produce any shape.<br />
The advantage is fast and exact model processing [3].<br />
RP is for its high economic investment costs suitable<br />
especially in major industrial enterprises, e.g. automobile<br />
industry or in company’s specializied in Research & development<br />
area. Next possible application of RP could<br />
be in electronic and electro technical sector, in consumer<br />
industry /black and white consumer electronics /, but also<br />
in health service /articular substitutes/.<br />
It is possible to assume that RP methods will be used<br />
more and more in future. In future parallel with prototype<br />
manufacturing the methods could be implicated for fast<br />
and budget-priced manufacturing of conceptual models<br />
/Rapid Modelling/, for tools and jigs manufacturing /Rapid<br />
Tooling/, for piece and small-lot production and service<br />
parts production.<br />
conclusion<br />
Productivity is a significant tool for increasing of competitiveness<br />
an enterprise on internal and external markets.<br />
It is needed to evaluate productivity in the complex way,<br />
not only in manufacturing, but also in engineering activities<br />
in pre-manufacturing stage. only shipshape integration<br />
of activities of the all stages in product life cycle allows<br />
innovation of products and production processes to overshoot<br />
in the least time, by the optimal using of enterprise<br />
resources considering customer needs. It allows flexible<br />
and fast response to changing customer requirements and<br />
leads an enterprise to the success and prosperity. Information<br />
technologies /IT/ and computers utilization at the all<br />
process from product development, design to its packaging,<br />
expedition and delivery to the customer is useful in<br />
term of the objective.<br />
In spite of intersection of IT into the manufacturing<br />
and non-productive /engineering, service/ operations, the<br />
main integrating element of the whole enterprise process<br />
are and will be qualified, motivated and satisfied staff, that<br />
play the key role in transformation of data into information<br />
and information into knowledge.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351
P. VIRdzEk et al.: PRoGREssIVE METhods In dEsIGn And ThEIR APPLIcATIon In EnGInEERInG ...<br />
The complex systems implementation lay stress on<br />
multifunctional /universal/ staff and communication<br />
among people /team work/.<br />
references<br />
[1] A. csikósová, z. novek, k. kameníková: The work of marketing<br />
in the education. International seminar, košice, 1999, 17 - 20.<br />
[2] M. havrila: new technologies - Rapid Prototyping, AT&P Journal,<br />
Bratislava, 2001, 88 - 89.<br />
[3] I. kuric: cAPP - computer support for design and technical documentation,<br />
University of Žilina, Žilina, 2000, 14 - 18.<br />
[4] M. Kováč: New technics for innovation prepare in machine industry,<br />
Transfer innovation (2001) 2, 13 - 16.<br />
[5] I. kuric, R. debnár: computer support system, Ware (1998) 1, 10<br />
- 12.<br />
[6] J. N. Marcinčin: Connections of CAD/CAM/CAE system and<br />
system of the high speed prototype. Engineering 6, 1999.<br />
[7] J. Peterka, A. Janáč: CAD/CAM Systems. STU Bratislava, 1996.<br />
Acknowledgement<br />
This paper is part of grant 1/2574/05: Application of<br />
the modern trends in management.<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 347-351 351
I. MAMUZIć<br />
Glavni i odgovorni urednik časopisa Metalurgija<br />
Editor-in-chief of Journal Metallurgy<br />
Balakin Vladimir, Ukraine<br />
Balaž Bartolomej, Slovakia<br />
Billy Jozef, Slovakia<br />
Bockus Stasys, Lithuania<br />
Bohomolov Anatolij, Ukraine<br />
Bratutin Vladimir, Ukraine<br />
Bukhanovski Viktor, Ukraine<br />
Buršak Marian, Slovakia<br />
Capko Valerij, Ukraine<br />
Constantinescu Dan, Romania<br />
Čigurinski Jurij, Ukraine<br />
Dančenko Vladimir, Ukraine<br />
Dinik Julija, Ukraine<br />
Dobatkin Sergej, Russia<br />
Dolžanski Aleksej, Ukraine<br />
Dron Nikolaj, Russia<br />
Drozdov Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />
Fajfar Peter, Slovenia<br />
Franz Mladen, Croatia<br />
†<br />
Garan Vladimir, Ukraine<br />
Gasik Mihail, Ukraine<br />
Gojić Mirko, Croatia<br />
Gordienko Aleksandar, Belaruss<br />
Gornak Jan, Slovakia<br />
Grozdanić Vladimir, Croatia<br />
Gubenko Svetlana, Ukraine<br />
Guljajev Jurij, Ukraine<br />
Hidveghy Julius, Slovakia<br />
Holtzer Mariusz, Poland<br />
Hršak Damir, Croatia<br />
Jakovlev Jurij, Ukraine<br />
Kamkina Ludmila, Ukraine<br />
Kliber Jan, Czech Republic<br />
Kočubej Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />
Krivenuk Vladimir, Ukraine<br />
352<br />
Popis recenzenata članaka objavljenih u časopisu Metalurgija u 2006. godini<br />
List of Reviewers of the Articles Published in Journal Metallurgy in the Year 2006<br />
Kuzemko Vladimir, Russia<br />
Kvačkaj Tibor, Slovakia<br />
Lazić Ladislav, Croatia<br />
Loboda Valerij, Russia<br />
Lomov Ivan, Ukraine<br />
Longauer Margita, Slovakia<br />
Longauer Svätoboj, Slovakia<br />
Makarenkov Eugeniy, Ukraine<br />
Malašenko Igor, Ukraine<br />
Mamuzić Ilija, Croatia<br />
Math Miljenko, Croatia<br />
Michel Jan, Slovakia<br />
Mihok Lubomir, Slovakia<br />
Mironenko Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />
Musijaka Vladimir, Russia<br />
Negovski Aleksandar, Russia<br />
Ostrovoj Dmitrij, Russia<br />
Pališko Aleksej, Ukraine<br />
Pandula Blažej, Slovakia<br />
Pobal Igor, Belaruss<br />
Povrzanović Aleksandar, Croatia<br />
Projdak Jurij, Russia<br />
Roubiček Vaclav, Czech Republic<br />
Rybar Pavol, Slovakia<br />
Sanin Anatolij, Ukraine<br />
Syasev Andrej, Ukraine<br />
Syasev Valerij, Ukraine<br />
Šatoha Valerij, Ukraine<br />
Ševčikova Jarmila, Slovakia<br />
Šlomčak Georg, Ukraine<br />
Veličko Aleksandar, Ukraine<br />
Veselovsky Vladimir, Ukraine<br />
Vodopivec Franc, Slovenia<br />
Zrnik Jozef, Czech Republic<br />
METALURGIJA 45 (2006) 4, 352
METALURGIJA - ^ASOPIS<br />
OSNOVAN 1962.<br />
OSNIVA ^ - DRU[TVO IN@ENJERA I TEHNI^ARA @ELJEZARE<br />
SISAK<br />
METALURGIJA - JOURNAL FOUNDED IN 1962<br />
FOUNDER - SOCIETY OF ENGINEERS AND TECHNITIANS OF STEELWORKS SISAK